diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man')
24 files changed, 9944 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/Makefile.am b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92f57eea --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +man_MANS = \ + transcode.1 \ + transcode_export.1 \ + transcode_filter.1 \ + transcode_import.1 \ + tccat.1 \ + tcprobe.1 \ + tcdemux.1 \ + tcscan.1 \ + tcexport.1 \ + tcextract.1 \ + tcdecode.1 \ + tcmodinfo.1 \ + tcmodchain.1 \ + tcxmlcheck.1 \ + tcpvmexportd.1 \ + avisplit.1 \ + avimerge.1 \ + avifix.1 \ + aviindex.1 \ + avisync.1 + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(man_MANS) \ + transcode.1.xml + transcode_import.1.xml diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/Makefile.in b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92bdfb3e --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,567 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +target_triplet = @target@ +subdir = docs/man +DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/configure.in +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; +am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ + $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ + *) f=$$p;; \ + esac; +am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; +am__install_max = 40 +am__nobase_strip_setup = \ + srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` +am__nobase_strip = \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" +am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ + sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ + $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ + if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ + { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ + END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' +am__base_list = \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' +man1dir = $(mandir)/man1 +am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" +NROFF = nroff +MANS = $(man_MANS) +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +A52_CFLAGS = @A52_CFLAGS@ +A52_LIBS = @A52_LIBS@ +ACLIB_LIBS = @ACLIB_LIBS@ +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ALTIVEC_CFLAGS = @ALTIVEC_CFLAGS@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AVILIB_LIBS = @AVILIB_LIBS@ +AWK = @AWK@ +BSDAV_CFLAGS = @BSDAV_CFLAGS@ +BSDAV_LIBS = @BSDAV_LIBS@ +CC = @CC@ +CCAS = @CCAS@ +CCASDEPMODE = @CCASDEPMODE@ +CCASFLAGS = @CCASFLAGS@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +DLDARWIN_CFLAGS = @DLDARWIN_CFLAGS@ +DLDARWIN_LIBS = @DLDARWIN_LIBS@ +DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ +DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FAAC_CFLAGS = @FAAC_CFLAGS@ +FAAC_LIBS = @FAAC_LIBS@ +FGREP = @FGREP@ +FREETYPE2_CFLAGS = @FREETYPE2_CFLAGS@ +FREETYPE2_LIBS = @FREETYPE2_LIBS@ +GREP = @GREP@ +IBP_LIBS = @IBP_LIBS@ +ICONV_CFLAGS = @ICONV_CFLAGS@ +ICONV_LIBS = @ICONV_LIBS@ +IMAGEMAGICK_CFLAGS = @IMAGEMAGICK_CFLAGS@ +IMAGEMAGICK_LIBS = @IMAGEMAGICK_LIBS@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +LAME_CFLAGS = @LAME_CFLAGS@ +LAME_LIBS = @LAME_LIBS@ +LD = @LD@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBAVCODEC_CFLAGS = @LIBAVCODEC_CFLAGS@ +LIBAVCODEC_LIBS = @LIBAVCODEC_LIBS@ +LIBAVFORMAT_CFLAGS = @LIBAVFORMAT_CFLAGS@ +LIBAVFORMAT_LIBS = @LIBAVFORMAT_LIBS@ +LIBDVDREAD_CFLAGS = @LIBDVDREAD_CFLAGS@ +LIBDVDREAD_LIBS = @LIBDVDREAD_LIBS@ +LIBDV_CFLAGS = @LIBDV_CFLAGS@ +LIBDV_LIBS = @LIBDV_LIBS@ +LIBJPEG_CFLAGS = @LIBJPEG_CFLAGS@ +LIBJPEG_LIBS = @LIBJPEG_LIBS@ +LIBMPEG2CONVERT_CFLAGS = @LIBMPEG2CONVERT_CFLAGS@ +LIBMPEG2CONVERT_LIBS = @LIBMPEG2CONVERT_LIBS@ +LIBMPEG2_CFLAGS = @LIBMPEG2_CFLAGS@ +LIBMPEG2_LIBS = @LIBMPEG2_LIBS@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBPOSTPROC_CFLAGS = @LIBPOSTPROC_CFLAGS@ +LIBPOSTPROC_LIBS = @LIBPOSTPROC_LIBS@ +LIBQUICKTIME_CFLAGS = @LIBQUICKTIME_CFLAGS@ +LIBQUICKTIME_LIBS = @LIBQUICKTIME_LIBS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LIBTCAUDIO_LIBS = @LIBTCAUDIO_LIBS@ +LIBTCVIDEO_LIBS = @LIBTCVIDEO_LIBS@ +LIBTC_LIBS = @LIBTC_LIBS@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIBV4L2_CFLAGS = @LIBV4L2_CFLAGS@ +LIBV4L2_LIBS = @LIBV4L2_LIBS@ +LIBV4LCONVERT_CFLAGS = @LIBV4LCONVERT_CFLAGS@ +LIBV4LCONVERT_LIBS = @LIBV4LCONVERT_LIBS@ +LIBXML2_CFLAGS = @LIBXML2_CFLAGS@ +LIBXML2_LIBS = @LIBXML2_LIBS@ +LIPO = @LIPO@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +LZO_CFLAGS = @LZO_CFLAGS@ +LZO_LIBS = @LZO_LIBS@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ +MJPEGTOOLS_CFLAGS = @MJPEGTOOLS_CFLAGS@ +MJPEGTOOLS_LIBS = @MJPEGTOOLS_LIBS@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +MOD_PATH = @MOD_PATH@ +NM = @NM@ +NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +OGG_CFLAGS = @OGG_CFLAGS@ +OGG_LIBS = @OGG_LIBS@ +OTOOL = @OTOOL@ +OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +PATH_TO_AWK = @PATH_TO_AWK@ +PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ +PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ +PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ +PROF_PATH = @PROF_PATH@ +PTHREAD_CFLAGS = @PTHREAD_CFLAGS@ +PTHREAD_LIBS = @PTHREAD_LIBS@ +PVM3_CFLAGS = @PVM3_CFLAGS@ +PVM3_LIBS = @PVM3_LIBS@ +PVM3_PVMGS = @PVM3_PVMGS@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +SDL_CFLAGS = @SDL_CFLAGS@ +SDL_LIBS = @SDL_LIBS@ +SED = @SED@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +SIMD_FLAGS = @SIMD_FLAGS@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +THEORA_CFLAGS = @THEORA_CFLAGS@ +THEORA_LIBS = @THEORA_LIBS@ +USE_DLDARWIN = @USE_DLDARWIN@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +VORBIS_CFLAGS = @VORBIS_CFLAGS@ +VORBIS_LIBS = @VORBIS_LIBS@ +WAVLIB_LIBS = @WAVLIB_LIBS@ +X264_CFLAGS = @X264_CFLAGS@ +X264_LIBS = @X264_LIBS@ +XIO_CFLAGS = @XIO_CFLAGS@ +XIO_LIBS = @XIO_LIBS@ +XMKMF = @XMKMF@ +XVID_CFLAGS = @XVID_CFLAGS@ +XVID_LIBS = @XVID_LIBS@ +X_CFLAGS = @X_CFLAGS@ +X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ +X_LIBS = @X_LIBS@ +X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ +a52_config = @a52_config@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +bindir = @bindir@ +bsdav_config = @bsdav_config@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +faac_config = @faac_config@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +iconv_config = @iconv_config@ +imagemagick_config = @imagemagick_config@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +lame_config = @lame_config@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libdvdread_config = @libdvdread_config@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +libjpeg_config = @libjpeg_config@ +libjpegmmx_config = @libjpegmmx_config@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +lzo_config = @lzo_config@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +pvm3_config = @pvm3_config@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target = @target@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +target_cpu = @target_cpu@ +target_os = @target_os@ +target_vendor = @target_vendor@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +x_includes = @x_includes@ +x_libraries = @x_libraries@ +xvid_config = @xvid_config@ +man_MANS = \ + transcode.1 \ + transcode_export.1 \ + transcode_filter.1 \ + transcode_import.1 \ + tccat.1 \ + tcprobe.1 \ + tcdemux.1 \ + tcscan.1 \ + tcexport.1 \ + tcextract.1 \ + tcdecode.1 \ + tcmodinfo.1 \ + tcmodchain.1 \ + tcxmlcheck.1 \ + tcpvmexportd.1 \ + avisplit.1 \ + avimerge.1 \ + avifix.1 \ + aviindex.1 \ + avisync.1 + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(man_MANS) \ + transcode.1.xml + +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ + && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/man/Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/man/Makefile +.PRECIOUS: Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): + +mostlyclean-libtool: + -rm -f *.lo + +clean-libtool: + -rm -rf .libs _libs +install-man1: $(man_MANS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" + @list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \ + { for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ + l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \ + sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \ + } | while read p; do \ + if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \ + done | \ + sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ + -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \ + sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \ + list=; while read file base inst; do \ + if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \ + while read files; do \ + test -z "$$files" || { \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \ + done; } + +uninstall-man1: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \ + files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ + l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \ + sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \ + } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ + -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \ + test -z "$$files" || { \ + echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" && rm -f $$files; } +tags: TAGS +TAGS: + +ctags: CTAGS +CTAGS: + + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @list='$(MANS)'; if test -n "$$list"; then \ + list=`for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; else :; fi; done`; \ + if test -n "$$list" && \ + grep 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list >/dev/null; then \ + echo "error: found man pages containing the \`missing help2man' replacement text:" >&2; \ + grep -l 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list | sed 's/^/ /' >&2; \ + echo " to fix them, install help2man, remove and regenerate the man pages;" >&2; \ + echo " typically \`make maintainer-clean' will remove them" >&2; \ + exit 1; \ + else :; fi; \ + else :; fi + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile $(MANS) +installdirs: + for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"; do \ + test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ + done +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +html: html-am + +html-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: install-man + +install-dvi: install-dvi-am + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-html: install-html-am + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-info-am: + +install-man: install-man1 + +install-pdf: install-pdf-am + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-am + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool + +pdf: pdf-am + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-am + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: uninstall-man + +uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 + +.MAKE: install-am install-strip + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ + distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ + dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ + install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ + install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ + install-info install-info-am install-man install-man1 \ + install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ + install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ + maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ + uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-man uninstall-man1 + + transcode_import.1.xml + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avifix.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avifix.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..764594a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avifix.1 @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +.TH avifix 1 "16th January 2002" "avifix(1)" +.SH NAME +avifix \- fix header of AVI-file +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B avifix +[ +.B -i +.I name +[ +.B -F +.I string +] [ +.B -f +.IB val1 , val2 +] [ +.B -N 0x +.I NN +] [ +.B -b +.I bitrate +] [ +.B -e +.IB rate [, bits [, channels ]] +] [ +.B -a +.I num +] [ +.B -v +] ] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBavifix\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B avifix +fixes the header of an AVI-file with the supplied parameters. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-i\fP \fIname\fP +Specify the name of the AVI-file. +.TP +\fB-F\fP \fIstring\fP +Specify the video codec as FourCC. +.br +Possible values are \fBRGB\fP, \fBRIFF\fP and \fBTIFF\fP. ??? +.TP +.BI -f " val1,val2" +Use this option to change the frame rate and scale information in the +header of the AVI-file. Both values must not be < 0. +.TP +.BI -N " 0xnn" +Use this option to change the audio format identifier in the header of +the AVI-file. Here are some possible values: + +0x1 PCM uncompressed audio + +0x50 MPEG layer-2 aka MP2 + +0x55 MPEG layer-3 aka MP3 + +0x2000 AC3 audio +.TP +.BI -b " bitrate" +Use this option to change the encoder bitrate in the header of the +AVI-file. \fIbitrate\fP has to be given in units of kbps. +.TP +.BI -e " rate[,bits[,channels]]" +Use this option to change the audio stream parameters of in the header +of the AVI-file. +.TP +.BI -a " num" +Use this option to change the audio stream parameters of audio track number +\fInum\fP in the header of the AVI-file. +.TP +.B -v +Print version information and exit. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.PP +.B avifix -i my_file.avi -f 30,1 +.PP +changes the header of the file \fImy_file.avi\fP and sets the frame +rate to 30 fps. +.SH AUTHORS +.B avifix +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/aviindex.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/aviindex.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a38fe32 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/aviindex.1 @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +.TH aviindex 1 "29th February 2004" "aviindex(1)" +.SH NAME +aviindex \- Write and read text files describing the index of an AVI file +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B aviindex +[ +.B -o +.I ofile +.B -i +.I ifile +.B -f +.B -n +.B -x +.B -v +.B -h +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBaviindex\fP is Copyright (C) 2003,2004 by Tilmann Bitterberg +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B aviindex +writes a text file describing the index of an AVI file. It analyses the +content or index if available of the AVI file and prints this information in a +human readable form. +.PP +An AVI file can have an optional chunk called "idx1" which contains +information about keyframes (syncpoints) and locations of video +frames resp. audio chunks. Though larger AVI files (>2-4GB), so-called +OpenDML AVI or also AVI 2 files, have a more complicated indexing +system, which consists of a superindex referring to (possibly) +several "standard" indexes, the "indexing principle" is the same. +Movie players use such indexes to seek in files. +.PP +\fBaviindex\fP reads the AVI file \fIifile\fP and writes the index +into \fIofile\fP. This can either happen in "dumb" mode where +\fBaviindex\fP looks for an existing index (and trusts this index!) +in the file and dumps this index into a human readable form. The +"dumb" mode is used, when \fI-n\fP is NOT specified or when the +filesize of the input file is smaller than 2 GB. +.PP +In "smart" mode, \fBaviindex\fP scans through the complete AVI file +and searches for chunks (may that video or audio) and reconstructs +the index based on the information found. If an index chunk is found +accidently, \fBaviindex\fP will use the information in this index to +recover the keyframe information, which is important. \fBaviindex\fP +will use smart mode, if given the \fI-n\fP option OR if the AVI file +is larger than 2 GB. If the file is large, the index chunk cannot be +found the usual way so one must use \fI-n\fP but it is possible that +there is an index chunk in this file. Cross fingers. +.PP +Also in smart mode, \fBaviindex\fP analyzes the content of the video frame and +tries to detect keyframes by looking at the data depending on the video codec. +.PP +The generated index file serves different purposes. +.RS +.TP +* +The library which handles AVI files in transcode(1) can read such +index files and use this file to rebuild the index instead of +scanning through the whole AVI file over and over again. Reading the +index from the index file is +.B much +faster than scanning through the +AVI. +.TP +* +It can be used as a seeking file. When given to transcode via the +--nav_seek switch, transcode will use the file to seek directly to +the position you specified via -c. This also works for multiple -c +ranges. +.TP +* +Its nice to have for debugging. +.RE +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-o\fP \fIofile\fP +Specify the name of the output file. +.TP +\fB-i\fP \fIifile\fP +Specify the name of the input file. +.TP +\fB-f\fP +force the use of the existing index. +.TP +\fB-n\fP +force generating the index by scanning the file. +.TP +\fB-x\fP +(implies -n) don't use any existing index to generate keyframes. +.TP +\fB-v\fP +show version. +.TP +\fB-h\fP +show help text. +.SH MPLAYER +.B aviindex +can convert from and to mplayer-generated index files. Since mplayer-1.0pre3 mplayer has the ability to save the index via +.I \-saveidx +FILE +and load it again through +.I \-loadidx +FILE. +.B aviindex +is able to convert an mplayer index file to a transcode index file and vice +visa. It is not able to directly write an mplayer file, though. Example of a +toolchain +.nf + mplayer -frames 0 -saveidx mpidx broken.avi + aviindex -i mpidx -o tcindex + avimerge -x tcindex -i broken.avi -o fixed.avi +.fi +Or the other way round +.nf + aviindex -i broken.avi -n -o broken.idx + aviindex -i broken.idx -o mpidx + mplayer -loadidx mpidx broken.avi +.fi +The major differences between the two index file formats is that the mplayer +one is a binary format which is an exact copy of an index in the AVI file. +.B aviindex +\'s format is text based. See +.B FORMAT +for details. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.PP +.nf + aviindex -i 3GBfile.avi -o 3GB.index +.fi +.PP +generates and index of the large file 3GBfile.avi. You can use the +file 3GB.index to tell transcode to read the index from this file +and not from the avi. This leads to much faster startup time. +.PP +Suppose 3GBfile.avi has DivX video and PCM sound and you want to +encode several ranges. +.PP +.nf +transcode -V -i 3GBfile.avi --nav_seek 3GB.index \\ +\ -x xvid,avi \\ +\ -c 5000-6000,0:20:00-0:21:00,100000-100001 \\ +\ -y xvid --lame_preset standard -o out.avi +.fi +.SH FORMAT +The format of the index file. The first 7 bytes in this file are +"AVIIDX1" for easy detection and a comment of who created the file. +The second line is a comment and describes the fields. Do not delete +it. Each line (except the first 2) consists of exactly 8 fields all +seperated by one space and describing one particular chunk of the AVI +file. +.br +Here is an example of an AVI file with two audio tracks. +.RS + +.nf +AVIIDX1 # Generated by aviindex (transcode-0.6.8) +TAG TYPE CHUNK CHUNK/TYPE POS LEN KEY MS +00db 1 0 0 2048 8335 1 0.00 +01wb 2 1 0 10392 847 1 0.00 +01wb 2 2 1 11248 847 1 0.00 +02wb 3 3 0 12104 847 1 0.00 +02wb 3 4 1 12960 847 1 0.00 +00db 1 5 1 13816 5263 0 0.00 +00db 1 6 2 19088 3435 0 0.00 +01wb 2 7 2 22532 834 1 0.00 +.fi + +.RE +The field \fITAG\fP is the chunk descriptor. Its "00d*" for the video, +"01wb" for the first audio track, "02wb" for the second audio track +and so on. +.PP +The field \fITYPE\fP is the type of the chunk. This is redundant because +the type is also embedded into the TAG field but its a convenient +thing to have. Its 1 for video, 2 for first audio track and 3 +for second audio track. +.PP +The field \fICHUNK\fP is the absolute chunk number in the AVI file. If you +read the CHUNK field in the last line of the index file, you know +how many chunks this AVI file has. +.PP +The field \fICHUNK/TYPE\fP holds information about how many chunks +of this type were previously found in the AVI file. +.PP +The field \fIPOS\fP is the absolute byte position in the AVI file +where this chunk can be found. Note this field can hold really large +numbers if you are dealing with large AVIs. +.PP +The field \fILEN\fP is the length of this chunk. +.PP +The field \fIKEY\fP holds information if this chunk is a keyframe. +In the example above, all audio chunks are key-chunks, but only the +first video frame is a key frame. This field is either 0 or 1. +.PP +The field \fIMS\fP holds information about how many milliseconds +have passed. This field may be 0.00 if unknown. +.SH AUTHORS +.B aviindex +was written by Tilmann Bitterberg <transcode at tibit.org> +.br +and is part of transcode. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avisync (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1), +.BR mplayer (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avimerge.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avimerge.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f56b255 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avimerge.1 @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +.TH avimerge 1 "26th January 2004" "avimerge(1)" +.SH NAME +avimerge \- merge several AVI-files into one +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B avimerge +.B -o +.I name +.B -i +.IB file1 " [ " file2 " [ " .\|.\|. " ] ] " +[ +.B -p +.IB file +] [ +.B -a +.I num +] [ +.B -A +.I num +] [ +.B -b +.I num +] [ +.B -c +] [ +.B -f +.I commentfile +] [ +.B -x +.I indexfile +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBavimerge\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B avimerge +is a versatile tool. It can contatenate several AVI files into one. It can +also be used to fix an index of a broken file and can also replace audio tracks +or muxes new ones. It can read raw AC3 and MP3 files for multplexing. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.BI "\-o " name +Specify the name of the output file. +.TP +.BI "\-i " file +Specify the name(s) of the input file(s) to merge into the output +file. +.TP +.BI "\-p " file +Specify the name of the audio file to multiplex into the output file. The type +of file can be either another AVI file or an MP3 or AC3 file. +.TP +.BI "\-b " num +Specify if avimerge should write an VBR mp3 header into the AVI file. Default +is dependent on the input file (and usually correct). \fInum\fP is either 1 or +0. +.TP +.B \-c +Drop video frames in case audio is missing [off] +.br +Only when merging multiple AVI files. Some AVI files run a little bit (usually +for one or two video frames) short on audio. This means avimerge cannot keep up +sync when concatinating them. The files play fine when played individually but +not when merged because audio from the new file gets played back with video +from the old file. +.B avimerge +will print a message like +.nf + + No audiodata left for track 0->0 (59950.25=59950.25) continuing .. + +.fi +When you turn on the -c option, the video which is too much will be dropped. +.TP +.BI "\-f " commentfile +Read AVI tombstone data for header comments from \fIcommentfile\fP. See +/docs/avi_comments.txt for a sample. +.TP +.BI "\-x " indexfile +Read the AVI index from +.I indexfile. +See aviindex(1) for information on how +to create such a file. +.TP +.BI "\-a " num +Specify the number of the audio track you want to use from the +.I input +file. +.TP +.BI "\-A " num +Specify the number of the audio track you want to use in the +.I output +file. If you specify an existing track number, the track will be replaced. If +omitted, the next free slot will be used. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command + +.nf +.B avimerge -o big.avi -i my_file1.avi my_file2.avi my_file3.avi +.fi + +merges the three input files \fImy_file[123].avi\fP into one big AVI-file +\fIbig.avi\fP. + +.nf +.B avimerge -o out.avi -i in.avi -p audio2.avi -a 1 +.fi + +merges track number 1 form in.avi to the next free track number in out.avi. You can +create audio-only AVI-files using + +.nf +.B transcode -i song.mp3 -x null,mp3 -g 0x0 -y raw -a 1 -o audio2.avi -u 50 +.fi + +The command + +.nf +.B avimerge -o out.avi -i in.avi -p sound.mp3 +.fi + +merges the file sound.mp3 as an additional audio track into out.avi. + +.SH AUTHORS +.B avimerge +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR aviindex (1), +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avisplit.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avisplit.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dec4f2c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avisplit.1 @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +.TH avisplit 1 "25th June 2003" "avisplit(1)" +.SH NAME +avisplit \- split AVI-files into chunks of a maximum size +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B avisplit +[ +.B -i +.I file +.B -o +.I base +[ +.B -s +.I size +] [ +.B -H +.I num +] [ +.B -t +.I s1-s2[,s3-s4,..] +.B -c +.B -m +.B -b +.I num +.B -f +.I commentfile +] +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBavisplit\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B avisplit +splits a single AVI-file into chunks of size \fIsize\fP. +.br +Each of the created chunks will be an independent file, i.e. it can +be played without needing any other of the chunk. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-i\fP \fIfile\fP +Specify the filename of the file to split into chunks. +.TP +\fB-o\fP \fIbase\fP +Specify the base of the output filename(s) \fBavisplit\fP will then split to +\fBbase-%04d.avi\fP +.TP +\fB-s\fP \fIsize\fP +Use this option to specify the maximum size (in units of MB) of the +chunks \fBavisplit\fP should create. \fI0\fP means dechunk, create as many +files as possible. +.TP +\fB-H\fP \fInum\fP +Create only the first \fInum\fP chunks then exit. +.TP +\fB-t\fP \fIs1-s2[,s3-s4,..]\fP +Split the input file based on time/framecode (hh:mm:ss.ms) +.TP +.B -c +Together with \fB-t\fP. Merge all segments into one AVI-File again instead +generating seperate files. +.TP +.B -m +Together with \fB-t\fP. Force split at upper bondary instead of lower border. +.TP +\fB-b\fP \fInum\fP +Specify if avisplit should write an VBR mp3 header into the AVI file. Default is +1 because it does not hurt. \fInum\fP is either 1 or 0. +.TP +\fB-f\fP \fIcommentfile\fP +Read AVI tombstone data for header comments from \fIcommentfile\fP. See +/docs/avi_comments.txt for a sample. +.TP +.B -v +Print only version information and exit. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.PP +.B avisplit -s 700 -i my_file.avi +.PP +will split the file \fImy_file.avi\fP into chunks which's maximum size +will not exceed 700 MB, i.e. they will fit onto a CD, each. The +created chunks will be named my_file.avi-0000, my_file.avi-0001, etc. +.PP +.B avisplit -i my_file.avi -c -o out.avi -t 00:10:00-00:11:00,00:13:00-00:14:00 +.PP +will grab Minutes 10 to 11 and 13 to 14 from my_file.avi and merge it into out.avi +.SH BAD SYNCH +When you split a file with \fBavisplit\fP and the A/V sync for the first file +is OK but the sync on all successive files is bad then have a look at the +output of tcprobe(1) (shortend). + +.br + | V: 25.000 fps, codec=dvsd, frames=250, width=720, height=576 +.br + | A: 48000 Hz, format=0x01, bits=16, channels=2, bitrate=1536 kbps, +.br + | \fI10\fP chunks, 1920000 bytes +.br + +You'll see the AVI file has only 10 Audio chunks but 250 video +chunks. That means one audio chunk spans several video frames. +avisplit can not cut a chunk in half, it only handles complete +chunks. If you do, say, avisplit -s 20, it is possible that the first file will +have 6 audio chunks and the second one only 4 meaning there is too much +audio in the first AVI file. + +The solution is to remux the AVI file with +.RS +.B transcode -i in.avi -P1 -N 0x1 -y raw -o out.avi +.RE +(of course -N 0x1 is not correct for all AVI files). +Now look at tcprobe again + +.br + | V: 25.000 fps, codec=dvsd, frames=250, width=720, height=576 +.br + | A: 48000 Hz, format=0x01, bits=16, channels=2, bitrate=1536 kbps, +.br + | \fI250\fP chunks, 1920000 bytes +.br + +The data in this file is \fIexactly\fP the same (its bit-identical) +as it was in in.avi; the AVI file was just written in a +different way, we do now have 250 audio chunks which makes splitting much +easier and more accurate for avisplit. +.SH AUTHORS +.B avisplit +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR aviindex (1), +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avisync.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avisync.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d0ac019 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/avisync.1 @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +.TH avisync 1 "26th June 2003" "avisync(1)" +.SH NAME +avisync \- adjust audio synchronisation +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B avisync +[ +.B -o +.I file +.B -i +.IB file +.B -q +.B -n +.IB num +.B -b +.IB num +.B -a +.I track +.B -f +.IB commentfile +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBavisync\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B avisync +shift audio on frame basis. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-o\fP \fIname\fP +Specify the name of the output file. +.TP +\fB-i\fP \fIfile\fP +Specify the name of the input file. +.TP +\fB-q\fP +be less verbose. +.TP +\fB-n\fP \fIcount\fP +shift audio by \fIcount\fP frames. If \fIcount\fP is positive, audio +starts with audio frame \fIcount\fP at the beginning of the AVI-file. If +\fIcount\fP is negative, audio is prepended \fIcount\fP padding frames. +.TP +\fB-a\fP \fItrack\fP +Specify the number of the audio channel to shift. +.TP +\fB-b\fP \fInum\fP +Specify if avisync should write an VBR mp3 header into the AVI file. Default is +1 because it does not hurt. \fInum\fP is either 1 or 0. +.TP +\fB-f\fP \fIcommentfile\fP +Read AVI tombstone data for header comments from \fIcommentfile\fP. See +/docs/avi_comments.txt for a sample. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.PP +.B avisync -i my_file1.avi -o out.avi -n -10 +.PP +puts 10 audio frames at the beginning of the AVI-file. +.PP +E.g. if the audio is delayed about 200 ms (0.2 seconds) and you're working with +a 25 frames per second AVI-File, you need to shift the audio 200/40 = 5 frames +since one frame is 40 ms long. +.SH AUTHORS +.B avisync +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR aviindex (1), +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tccat.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tccat.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..306bda67 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tccat.1 @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +.TH tccat 1 "15th January 2002" "tccat(1)" +.SH NAME +tccat \- concatenate multimedia streams from medium and print on the standard output +.SH SYNOPSIS +.TP +.B tccat +.B -i +.I name +[ +.B -t +.I magic +] [ +.B -T +.I title[,chapter[,angle]] +] [ +.B -L +] [ +.B -S +.I n +] [ +.B -P +] [ +.B -a +] [ +.B -d +.I mode +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtccat\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tccat +is part of and usually called by \fBtranscode\fP. +.br +However, it can also be used independently. +.br +\fBtccat\fP reads source (from stdin if not explicitely defined) and +prints on the standard output. Directory contents is concatenated, if +source files have the same format. Multiple AVI-files are also +supported. +.SH OPTIONS +.IP "\fB-i \fIname\fP" +Specify input source. If ommited, \fIstdin\fP is assumed. +.br +You can specify a file, directory, device, mountpoint or host address +as input source. \fBtccat\fP usually handles the different types +correctly. +.IP "\fB-t\fP \fImagic\fP" +Tell \fBtccat\fP about the type of input. Currently only \fBdvd\fP +is supported - any other parameter will be ignored. +.IP "\fB-T \fItitle\fP[\fB,\fIchapter\fR[\fB,\fIangle\fR]]" +Select DVD +.I title +and extract only a single +.I chapter +with selected viewing +.I angle\fP. +Setting the argument +.I chapter +to \fB-1\fP means to process all available chapters on the DVD. +.br +If this option is given, the input type of \fBdvd\fP will also be +assumed (see option \fB-t\fP). +.IP "\fB-L\fP" +This option tells \fBtccat\fP to loop through all chapters starting at +the one given with the option \fB-T\fP. +.IP "\fB-S\fP \fIn\fP" +Seek to program stream (VOB) offset \fIn\fPx2kB before starting output. +.IP "\fB-P\fP" +Stream full DVD title specified by -T. +.IP "\fB-a\fP" +Use this option to dump an AVI-file/socket audio stream. The default +is to extract and concatenate AVI-file video stream. +.IP "\fB-d\fP \fIlevel\fP" +With this option you can specify a bitmask to enable different levels +of verbosity (if supported). You can combine several levels by adding the +corresponding values: + +QUIET 0 + +INFO 1 + +DEBUG 2 + +STATS 4 + +WATCH 8 + +FLIST 16 + +VIDCORE 32 + +SYNC 64 + +COUNTER 128 + +PRIVATE 256 +.IP "\fB-v\fP" +Print version information and exit. +.SH NOTES +\fBtccat\fP is a front end for streaming various source types and is used in \fBtranscode\fP's import modules. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.PP +.B tccat -i /dev/dvd -T 1,-1 | mplayer - +.PP +reads all chapters belonging to title \fI1\fP of a DVD (assuming that +/dev/dvd/ is a symbolic link to a real DVD device) and pipes a +MPEG program stream into player. +.SH AUTHORS +.B tccat +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcdecode.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcdecode.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08c40f3f --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcdecode.1 @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +.TH tcdecode 1 "23th August 2003" "tcdecode(1)" +.SH NAME +tcdecode \- read multimedia streams from medium, decode to raw format and print to standard output +.SH SYNOPSIS +.TP +.B tcdecode +.B -i +.I name +[ +.B -x +.I codec +] [ +.B -t +.I package +] [ +.B -g +.I WxH +] [ +.B -s +.I c,f,r +] [ +.B -C +.I s-e +] [ +.B -y +.I codec +] [ +.B -Y +] [ +.B -Q +.I mode +] [ +.B -A +.I flag +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcdecode\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcdecode +is part of and usually called by \fBtranscode\fP. +.br +However, it can also be used independently. +.br +\fBtcdecode\fP reads source (from stdin if not explicitely defined) and +prints on the standard output. +.SH OPTIONS +.IP "\fB-i \fIname\fP" +Specify input source. If ommited, \fIstdin\fP is assumed. +\fBtcdecode\fP reads streams from file or from stdin. + +.IP "\fB-g \fIWxH\fP" +video frame width and height [720x576] + +.IP "\fB-C \fIs-e\fP" +decode and print out only this frame interval (video) or bytes (audio) [all]. + +.IP "\fB-x \fIcodec\fP" +source codec, if not detected of reading from stdin. This option also specifies video and audio context of the source for decoding. Currently, supported parameter for \fIcodec\fP are + +.RS 8 +.TS +lI c l. +mp3 MPEG audio (lame) +ac3 AC3 audio (liba52) +dv Digital Video DV (libdv) +mpeg2 MPEG video (libmpeg2) +yv12 Y'CbCr YUV +mov Quicktime (libquicktime) +.TE +.RE + +.IP "\fB-t \fIpackage\fP" +Currently only argument supported is "lavc". Use the codec by -x from this package. Available (-x) codecs for \fIlavc\fP are: +mpeg2, divx3, divx, divx4, mp42, mjpg, rv10, svq1, svq3, vp3, 4xm, wmv1, wmv2, hfyu, indeo3, h263p, h263i + + +.IP "\fB-y \fIcodec\fP" +target codec. \fB tcdecode \fP only decodes to raw format suitable for transcode. Valid option parameter for \fIcodec\fP are + +.RS 8 +.TS +lI r. +rgb RGB 24bit +yv12 Y'CbCr YUV +yuy2 4:2:2 YUV +pcm SIGNED LE 16bit PCM +.TE +.RE +.IP "\fB-s\fP \fIc,f,r\fP" +audio gain for AC3 downmixing [1.0,1.0,1.0] + +.IP "\fB-Y\fP" +decoded Digital Video (raw) YUV frame is in YUY2 (packet) format using libdv. Downsample frame to YV12. PAL users should compile libdv with --with-pal-yuv=YV12 to avoid this option [off] + +.IP "\fB-A\fP \fIflag\fP" +audio flag for AC3/A52 decoder [none]. This flag determines the down-mixing +configuration. Valid choices for \fIflag\fP are determined by the following +bits set: + +.RS 8 +.TS +l r. +drc off 1 +demux 2 +dolby off 4 +.TE +.RE + +Add those numbers to turn multiple options on. + +.IP "\fB-Q\fP \fImode\fP" +decoding quality. Certain codecs, e.g., DV with libdv allow for changing +this parameter if speed is prefered over quality. +Valid parameter are 1=fastest-5=best [5]. + +.IP "\fB-d\fP \fIlevel\fP" +With this option you can specify a bitmask to enable different levels +of verbosity (if supported). You can combine several levels by adding the +corresponding values: + +.RS 8 +.TS +l r. +QUIET 0 +INFO 1 +DEBUG 2 +STATS 4 +WATCH 8 +FLIST 16 +VIDCORE 32 +SYNC 64 +COUNTER 128 +PRIVATE 256 +.TE +.RE + +.IP "\fB-v\fP" +Print version information and exit. + +.SH NOTES +\fBtcdecode\fP is a front end for decoding various sources and is used in \fBtranscode(1)\fP's import modules. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.nf +\ tcdecode -i foo.mp3 -x mp3 +.fi +decodes an MPEG audio stream and prints raw PCM data to stdout. + +The command +.nf +\ tcextract -i foo.avi -x mp3 | tcdecode -x mp3 +.fi +extracts an MPEG audio track from the AVI-file foo.avi and pipes the frames into the decoder + +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcdecode +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avisync (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR transcode (1) +.br diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcdemux.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcdemux.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b155920 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcdemux.1 @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +.TH tcdemux 1 "09th January 2003" "tcdemux(1)" +.SH NAME +tcdemux \- demultiplex a program stream +.SH SYNOPSIS +.TP +.B tcdemux +.B -i +.I name +[ +.B -t +.I magic +] [ +.B -x +.I codec +] [ +.B -S +.I unit,[s1-s2] +] [ +.B -a +.I ach,[vch] +] [ +.B -s +.I 0xnn +] [ +.B -M +.I mode +] [ +.B -f +.I fps +] [ +.B -W +] [ +.B -O +] [ +.B -P +.I name +] [ +.B -A +.I n[,m[,...]] +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcdemux\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcdemux +is part of and usually called by \fBtranscode\fP. +.br +However, it can also be used independently. +.br +\fBtcdemux\fP reads source (from stdin if not explicitely defined) and +prints on the standard output. +.SH OPTIONS +.IP "\fB-i \fIname\fP" +Specify input source. If ommited, \fIstdin\fP is assumed. +.br +.IP "\fB-x \fIcodec\fP" +Process only packets containing given +.I codec +as payload. +Examples are "mpeg2" for MPEG video or "ac3" for audio packets. +.br +.IP "\fB-t \fImagic\fP" +Specify the input file type +.I magic. +Useful for using +.B tcdemux +in pipelines. This is normally autodetected. +.br +.IP "\fB-a \fIach[,vch]\fP" +Process only packets containing given audio track +.I ach +and video track +.I vch. +Most program stream feature multiple audio tracks but only a single video stream. Default is "-a 0,0". +.br +.IP "\fB-s \fI0xnn\fP" +Select specific multimedia track using the standard identifier +.I 0xnn. +This useful to extract subtitle packets. +.br +.IP "\fB-f \fIfps\fP" +Specify the frame rate +.I fps +for subtitle meta information used by external applications. +.br +.IP "\fB-S \fIunit[,s1-s2]\fP" +Select a program unit +.I unit +and a selected GOP range +.I s1-s2 +for processing. A +.I unit +is usually a set of GOPs that need to be synchronized +at the very beginning. This option can be used to eleminate junk units at the beginning of the main presentation or to select certain episodes of a TV series from a DVD. A GOP is a logical unit to be properly decoded, i.e., decoding can only start at the beginning of a GOP. +.br +.IP "\fB-O" +Do not skip initial sequence. Used internally by transcode. +.br +.IP "\fB-A \fIn[,m[,...]]\fP" +Select packets using an identifier for extracting only selected streams without processing. This is useful for size reduction of your multimedia stream. Example: + +.B tcdemux -i big_dvd.vob -A 0xe0,0x81,0x20 > small_dvd.vob + +extracts all packets for the video stream, AC3 audio track (1) and the +first subtitle stream (0). +.br +.IP "\fB-M \fImode\fP" +Select synchronization strategy +.I mode. +This is how transcode selects the beginning of a video and audio stream to +assure both streams are sychronized for further processing: + +0 no synchronization. Packets are printed directly to \fIstdout\fP. + +1 synchronization based on PTS information found in the packet header. Audio packets are delayed until a suitable starting point is found. Default for PAL videos. + +2 NTSC adapted synchronization mode. Detailed information for each GOP contained in the video stream are piped to a \fIstdout\fP to be processed by +the certain import modules. This enables adjusting the frame rate or inverse telecine, if necessary. + +3 more advanced synchronization mode 1 with msec granular adjustment. Details delegated to transcode. + +4 more advanced synchronization mode 2 with msec granular adjustment for NTSC materail. Details delegated to transcode. + +5-7 undocumented debugging modes for internal use. +.br +.IP "\fB-P \fIfile\fP" +Write GOP meta information to +.I file +instead of \fstdout\fP. +.br +.IP \fB-W +Print a navigation log file for a given video stream to \fIstdout\fP. This is used for transcode's "psu mode" and "cluster mode". +.br +.IP "\fB-d\fP \fIlevel\fP" +With this option you can specify a bitmask to enable different levels +of verbosity (if supported). You can combine several levels by adding the +corresponding values: + +QUIET 0 + +INFO 1 + +DEBUG 2 + +STATS 4 + +WATCH 8 + +FLIST 16 + +VIDCORE 32 + +SYNC 64 + +COUNTER 128 + +PRIVATE 256 +.IP "\fB-v\fP" +Print version information and exit. +.SH NOTES +\fBtcdemux\fP is a front end for de-multiplexing program streams and is used in \fBtranscode\fP's import modules. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command + +.B tcprobe -i movie.vob -x mpeg2 + +extracts only MPEG video packets. Further processing, i.e., extracting the +elementary video stream is done by +.B tcextract. +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcdemux +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcexport.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcexport.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6e8a00f --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcexport.1 @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +.TH tcexport 1 "9 April 2006" "tcexport(1)" + +.SH NAME +tcexport \- Simple frontend to transcode's encoding subsystem + +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B tcexport +[ +.B -i +.I video_file +] [ +.B -p +.I audio_file +] [ +.B -o +.I output_file +] [ +.B -c +.I f1-f2[,f3-f4[,...]] +] [ +.B -N +.I fmt,fmt +] [ +.B -R +.I n[,video_log[,audio_log]] +] [ +.B -P +.I profile[,profile] +] [ +.B -y +.I video_mod,audio_mod,mplex_mod +] [ +.B -w +.I bitrate[,keyint[,crisp]] +] [ +.B -b +.I bitrate[,vbr[,quality[,mode]]] +] [ +.B -D +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -m +.I path +] [ +.B -v +] + +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcexport\fP is Copyright (C) by Francesco Romani + +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcexport +was designed as a debug tool for transcode's encoding code: it fits +in a very limited range of usage cases; however, it can also be used +independently if you like. +.br +tcexport encodes and multiplexes a raw YUV4MPEG2/WAV V/A stream using given +parameters and transcode encoder components. tecexport provides direct and complete +access to transcode's encoding features and modules, but hasn't any of transcode +import/extracting/decoding/filtering capabilities. Use some other tc* tool +if you need those facilities. +.br +tcexport's options are intentionally made similar, or identical if feasible, +to corresponding transcode's encoding options. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-i\fP \fIvideo_file\fP +Specify the path of video source. Only regular files on filesystem are supported. +\fIvideo_file\fP must be a YUV4MPEG2 stream, nothing else is supported. +.TP +\fB-p\fP \fIaudio_file\fP +Specify the path of audio source. Only regular files on filesystem are supported. +\fIaudio_file\fP must be a WAVE stream, nothing else is supported. +.TP +\fB-o\fP \fIoutput_file\fP +Specify the (base)path of output file. Some multiplexors (es: raw multiplexor) +uses value of this option as an hint to make the final output file(s) (i.e. +appending different extensions for A/V streams). +.TP +.B \-c \fIf1\fP\-\fIf2\fP[,\fIf3\fP\-\fIf4\fP[, ... ] ] +encode only frames \fIf1\-f2\fP [and \fIf3\-f4\fP and so on]. +Default is to encode all available frames. Use this and you will get statistics +about remaining encoding time. +The \fIf[N]\fP parameters may also be timecodes in the HH:MM:SS.FRAME format. Example: +.RS +.nf +\-c 500\-0:5:01,:10:20\-1:18:02.1 +.fi +.IP +Will encode only from frame 500 to 5 minutes and 1 second and from 10 min, +20 sec to 1 hour, 18 min, 2 sec and one frame. +.RE +.IP +Note that tcexport, ad well as transcode, starts counting frames at \fI0\fP and +excludes the last frame specified. +That means that "-c 0-100" will encoded 100 frames starting at frame \fI0\fP up +to frame \fI99\fP +.TP +\fB-N\fP \fIvideo_format,audio_format\fP +Setup the desired \fIencoded\fP video and audio format respectively. You \fImust\fP +always use this option since there is some encoder modules (notably encode_ffmpeg) +that support a lot of codecs, and tcexport nor modules can automatically choose a +sane one not have defaults (yet). +.TP +.B \-R \fIn\fP[\fI,video_log\fP[\fI,audio_log\fP]] +enable multi-pass encoding (0-3) [0,divx4.log,pcm.log]. +.RS +.TP 4 +.I 0\fR Constant bitrate (CBR) encoding. [default] +The codec tries to achieve constant bitrate output. This means, each encoded +frame is mostly the same size. This type of encoding can help in maintaining +constant filling of hardware buffer on set top players or smooth streaming +over networks. By the way, Constant bitrate is often obtained sacrifying +quality during high motion scenes. +.TP +.I 1\fR Variable bitrate encoding: First pass. +In this mode, the codec analyses the complete sequence in order to collect +data that can improve the distribution of bits in a second VBR pass. The +collected data is written to second sub argument (default: divx4.log). This +data is codec dependant and cannot be used across codecs. It is strongly +advised to use the same codec settings for the VBR analysis pass and the +VBR encoding pass if you want predictable results. +.IP +The video output of the first pass is not of much use and can grow very large. +It's a good idea to not save the video output to a file but directly to /dev/null. +Usually the bitrate is ignored during first pass. +Disabling audio export makes sense too, so use -y. +.TP +.I 2\fR Variable bitrate encoding: Second pass. +The first pass allowed the codec collecting data about the complete sequence. +During the second pass, the codec will use that data in order to find an +efficient bit distribution that respects both the desired bitrate and the +natural bitrate curve shape. This ensures a good compromise between quality +and desired bitrate. +.TP +.I 3\fR Constant quantizer encoding. +The quantizer is the "compression level" of the picture. The lower the +quantizer is, the higher is the quality of the picture. This mode can help +in making sure the sequence is encoded at constant quality, but no prediction +can be made on the final bitrate. When using this mode, the \fB-w\fP option +changes its meaning, it now takes the quantizer ranging from 1 to 31. Note +that constant quantizer encoding is not supported with some codecs (notably +mpeg1/2/4 with -y ffmpeg). +.RE +.TP +.B \-P \fIprofile\fP[,\fIprofile\fP] +select export profile(s) to load. An export profile it's just a different, +already tuned, set of basic values for tcexport's options. Even if isn't recomended, +an user can always overwrite profile settings just using standard options. +export profiles are stackable, just requesting to load multiple profiles +separated by commas; if some options are set by more than one profile, the last +profile determine their value. +.TP +.B \-y \fIvideo_mod\fP,\fIaudio_mod\fP,\fImplex_mod\fP +Select export modules: video and audio encoders, and multiplexor module. +You \fIalways must\fP select both the encoders and multiplexor, there isn't +implicit modules. The only exception to this rule is if this option isn't +used at all: in this case tcexport will use \fInull\fP modules. +.TP +.B \-w \fIbitrate\fP[,\fIkeyint\fP[,\fIcrisp\fP]] +encoder bitrate[,keyframes[,crispness]] [(6000 for MPEG 1/2, 1800 for others),250,100]. +.TP +.B \-b \fIbitrate\fP[,\fIvbr\fP[,\fIquality\fP[,\fImode\fP]]] +audio encoder bitrate kBits/s[,vbr[,quality[,mode]]] [128,0,5,0] +.TP +\fB-D\fP +Select dry run mode: tcexport will probe stream, load selected modules then exit, +without doing anything else. +.TP +\fB-d\fP \fIverbosity\fP +Select the verbosity of program, support code and modules. See transcode's +manpage to see supported verbosity levels. Please note that higher verbosity +levels include lower ones, so if You select i.e. TC_DEBUG level you will get +TC_DEBUG messages \fIand\fP TC_INFO messages. Please also note that high verbosity +levels will output \fIa lot\fP of messages. +.TP +\fB-m\fP \fIpath\fP +Look in \fIPath\fP instead of the compiled-in module path for a module. +.TP +.B -v +Print version information and exit. + +.SH RETURN VALUES +.B tcexport +uses following return values: +.br + 0 successfull +.br + 1 bad parameter or command line option +.br + 2 error while reading/writing from/to a file +.br + 3 requested an inexistent (or unreadable) module +.br + 4 a module raised an internal error +.br + 5 error while probing input file(s). Make sure they are of right format. +.br +64 internal error. Please provide a report of what's happened on transcode-devel mailing list +.br + + +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcexport +was written by Francesco Romani +.br +<fromani@gmail.com> with contributions from the Transcode Team and +many others. See AUTHORS for details. + +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR transcode (1) +.BR tcmodinfo (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcextract.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcextract.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db0919dc --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcextract.1 @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +.TH tcextract 1 "26th November 2002" "tcextract(1)" +.SH NAME +tcextract \- read multimedia file from medium, extract or demultiplex requested stream and print to standard output +.SH SYNOPSIS +.TP +.B tcextract +.B -i +.I name +[ +.B -x +.I codec +] [ +.B -t +.I magic +] [ +.B -a +.I track +] [ +.B -C +.I s-e +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcextract\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcextract +is part of and usually called by \fBtranscode\fP. +.br +However, it can also be used independently. +.br +\fBtcextract\fP reads source (from stdin if not explicitely defined) and +prints on the standard output. +.SH OPTIONS +.IP "\fB-i \fIname\fP" +Specify input source. If ommited, \fIstdin\fP is assumed. +\fBtcextract\fP reads streams from file or from stdin. + +.IP "\fB-C \fIs-e\fP" +extract and print out only this frame interval (video) or bytes (audio) [all]. This option is only supported if the source contains proper information to perform a selective extraction. + +.IP "\fB-t \fImagic\fP" +source file magic. This option is used to identify the source file format if reading is performed from stdin or \fItcextract\fP fails to identify the source +file format. Supported formats are labeled with \fImagic\fP: + +avi RIFF AVI-file + +vob MPEG program streams + +m2v MPEG elementary video stream + +vdr MPEG digital video recording + +raw raw bitstream + +wav RIFF WAVE audio + +yuv4mpeg mjpeg-tools stream header format + +.IP "\fB-x \fIcodec\fP" +source pdeudo-codec, if not detected when reading from stdin. Currently, supported parameter for \fIcodec\fP are + +mp3 MPEG audio + +ac3 AC3 audio + +a52 A52 audio + +dv Digital Video DV + +mpeg2 MPEG video + +yv12 Y'CbCr YUV + +rgb RGB 24-bit + +ps1 MPEG private stream (subtitles) + +pcm raw audio stream + +.IP "\fB-a \fItrack\fP" +extract selected audio or video track from source. + +.IP "\fB-d\fP \fIlevel\fP" +With this option you can specify a bitmask to enable different levels +of verbosity (if supported). You can combine several levels by adding the +corresponding values: + +QUIET 0 + +INFO 1 + +DEBUG 2 + +STATS 4 + +WATCH 8 + +FLIST 16 + +VIDCORE 32 + +SYNC 64 + +COUNTER 128 + +PRIVATE 256 +.IP "\fB-v\fP" +Print version information and exit. + + +.SH NOTES +\fBtcextract\fP is a front end for extracting various raw or encoded audio/video tracks from a source and is used in \fBtranscode\fP's import pipeline. + +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.B tcextract -i foo.avi -x mp3 -a 3 +extracts MPEG audio track 3 from the AVI-file foo.avi and prints the bitstream to stdout. + +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcextract +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avisync (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcmodchain.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcmodchain.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9752156 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcmodchain.1 @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +.TH tcmodchain 1 "5 January 2006" "tcmodchain(1)" +.SH NAME +tcmodchain \- Query compatibily of transcode modules chains. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B tcmodchain +[ +.B -m +.I path +] [ +.B -C +] [ +.B -L +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -v +] module1 module2 +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcmodchain\fP is Copyright (C) by Transcode Team +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcmodchain +allow to inspect transcode(1) modules, as well as it's companion, +tcmodinfo(1). While tcmodinfo(1) focus on single modules, tcmodchain +is intended to help in exploring/experimenting module interactions. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-m\fP \fIpath\fP +Look in \fIPath\fP instead of the compiled-in module path while +trying to load a module. +.TP +.B -C +Enable \fIcheck\fP mode. +.br +In check mode tcmodchain expects exactly two +module identifiers. tcmodchain will check compatibilty between two +given modules. Result will be logged out or not depending of +verbosity level. Anyway, if two modules are compatible, tcmodchain +will exit succesfully; otherwise, tcmodchain will exit with error. +.br +see RETURN VALUES below. +.TP +.B -L +Enable \fIlist\fP mode. +.br +In list mode tcmodchain expects exactly two +module identifiers, exactly one of which containing a wildcard. +tcmodchain will inspect all avalaible installed modules matching +the wildcard and will print out module names that are compatible +with the other given one. if at least one compatible module is found, +tcmodchain will exit succesfully; otherwise, tcmodchain will exit +with error. +.br +see RETURN VALUES below. + +.TP +\fB-d\fP \fIverbosity\fP +Specify the verbosiness level to use, like transcode does. Default value +is 1 (TC_INFO verbosiness). +.TP +.B -v +Print version information and exit. +.SH MODULE IDENTIFIERS +.B tcmodchain +identifies modules using a +\fItype:name\fP +naming scheme. Currently, as in transcode 1.1.0, only \fIencode\fP and \fImultiplex\fP +module \fItype\fPs are supported. \fIname\fP can refer to the name of any avalaible +transcode modules, using the same rules of tcmodinfo(1) \fI-i\fP option. +The wildcard character \fI*\fP is supported in the \fIname\fP section of module +identifier. Wildcard meaning is `any of avalaible modules' and is honoured only +when \fIlist\fP mode (-L option) is used. Using wildcard character for \fIboth\fP +module identifiers will lead to an error. + +.SH EXAMPLES +.PP +.B $ tcmodchain -C encode:null multiplex:null -d 1 +.PP +[encode_null.so] v0.0.3 (2005-06-05) null (fake) A/V encoder +.br +[multiplex_null.so] v0.0.2 (2005-12-29) discard each encoded frame +.br +[tcmodchain] encode:null | multiplex:null [OK] +.br +[tcmodchain] module chain OK + +.PP +.B $ tcmodchain -L 'encode:*' multiplex:null +.PP +copy +.br +faac +.br +lame +.br +lzo +.br +null +.br +x264 +.br +xvid + +\fBPLEASE NOTE\fP that output of this example may vary depending of your installation. +.br +At least \fInull\fP and \fIcopy\fP modules will be showed on your output. + +.PP +.B $ tcmodchain -L encode:null 'multiplex:*' +.PP +avi +.br +null +.br +raw +.br +y4m + +.SH RETURN VALUES +.B tcmodchain +uses following return values: +.br + 0 successfull +.br + 1 bad parameter or command line option +.br + 2 error while (un)loading a module +.br + 3 given module pair isn't compatible +.br + 4 error while looking for module(s) +.br + + + +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcmodchain +was written by Francesco Romani +.br +<fromani@gmail.com> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR transcode (1) +.BR tcmodinfo (1) + diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcmodinfo.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcmodinfo.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2672a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcmodinfo.1 @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +.TH tcmodinfo 1 "21th January 2003" "tcmodinfo(1)" +.SH NAME +tcmodinfo \- Get and Set information in transcode modules +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B tcmodinfo +[ +.B -i +.I name +] [ +.B -m +.I path +] [ +.B -t +.I type +] [ +.B -M +.I param +] [ +.B -C +.I param +] [ +.B -s +.I socket +] [ +.B -p +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcmodinfo\fP is Copyright (C) by Tilmann Bitterberg/Transcode Team +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcmodinfo +loads a supplied transcode(1) module and prints its parameters, or +inquiry about default settings. It can also connect to transcode through +a socket to do runtime configuration of transcode and its filters. +Anyway, this last feature may be moved to some other helper program +in future releases. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-i\fP \fIname\fP +Specify the name of the module. \fIName\fP is specified without the prefix +.B (i.e., filter_)_ +and without the suffix +.B \.so +So if you want information about filter_smooth.so, just supply +.B smooth +.TP +\fB-m\fP \fIpath\fP +Look in \fIPath\fP instead of the compiled-in module path for a module. +.TP +\fB-t\fP \fItype\fP +Specify the \fIType\fP of module to load. Default is filter modules. +In current (1.1.0) release, tcmodinfo support 'filter', 'encode' and 'multiplex' +module types. More types will be added in future releases, to cover all +the transcode module range. +.TP +\fB-M\fP \fIparameter\fP +Print out the default setting of given parameter of a given (use -i/-t options +too) module. If parameter isn't known, nothing will be print out. +.br +Caution: -M can't be used together with -C +.TP +\fB-C\fP \fIconfiguration string\fP +Request to configure the module using given configuration string. +Meaning of configuration string is of course module dependent, but format +is always +.br +param1:key1=val1:param2:param3:key2=val2 +.br +This option is used for debug purposes, you usually shouldn't need it. +.br +Caution: -C can't be used together with -M +.TP +\fB-s\fP \fIsocket\fP +Connect to socket \fIsocket\fP. You can use this socket to do runtime +configuration of transcode. For all the boring details about the socket +protocol have a look at /docs/filter\-socket.txt. transcode has to be started +with the \fB\-\-socket\fP option to open the socket. +.TP +\fB-d\fP \fIverbosity\fP +Specify the verbosiness level to use, like transcode does. Default value +is 1 (TC_INFO verbosiness). +.TP +.B -p +Print the compiled-in module path and exit. +.TP +.B -v +Print version information and exit. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.PP +.B tcmodinfo \-i smooth +.PP +prints information about the smooth filter. +.PP +.B tcmodinfo \-i levels -t filter +.PP +same as above for levels filter (-t filter it's the default) +.PP +.B tcmodinfo \-i raw -t multiplex +.PP +same as above for raw multiplexor +.PP +.B tcmodinfo \-i xvid -t encode +.PP +same as above for XviD encoder +.PP +.B transcode \-\-socket /tmp/tc\-socket & +.br +.B echo help | tcmodinfo \-s /tmp/tc\-socket +.PP +prints the socket help text and exits. +.PP +.B tcmodinfo \-s /tmp/tc\-socket +.PP +Will drop you into an interactive "shell" where you can talk to the socket. +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcmodinfo +was written by Tilmann Bitterberg +.br +<transcode@tibit.org> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR transcode (1) + diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcprobe.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcprobe.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eee50eae --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcprobe.1 @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +.TH tcprobe 1 "12th October 2003" "tcprobe(1)" +.SH NAME +tcprobe \- probe multimedia streams from medium and print information on the +standard output +.SH SYNOPSIS +.TP +.B tcprobe +.B -i +.I name +[ +.B -B +] [ +.B -M +] [ +.B -T +.I title +] [ +.B -b +.I bitrate +] [ +.B -H +.I n +] [ +.B -f +.I seekfile +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcprobe\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcprobe +is part of and usually called by \fBtranscode\fP. +.br +However, it can also be used independently. +.br +\fBtcprobe\fP reads source (from stdin if not explicitely defined) and +prints on the standard output. +.SH OPTIONS +.IP "\fB-i \fIname\fP" +Specify input source. If ommited, \fIstdin\fP is assumed. +.br +You can specify a file, directory, device, mountpoint or host address +as input source. \fBtcprobe\fP usually handles the different types +correctly. +.IP "\fB-B\fP" +Binary output to stdout for use in transcode. +.IP "\fB-M\fP" +Use EXPERIMENTAL mplayer probe, useful for streams that tcprobe doesn't +recognize elsewhere. With this option enabled, tcprobe merely acts as +a frontend for mplayer; of course mplayer binary needs to be installed +and avalaible somewhere in PATH. +.IP "\fB-T \fItitle\fP" +Probe for DVD +.I title +.IP "\fB-H\fP \fIn\fP" +This option tells \fBtcprobe\fP to scan \fIn\fP MB of input data. Default +is to scan 1 MB. To detect all subtitles and audio tracks (if available) it is +highly recommended that this \fIn\fP should be at least increased to 10 or even +higher. Very often only some audio tracks start during the first MB of a VOB or +DVD file so transcode cannot detect them if not called with a higher value. +Please note that transcode(1) has a similar -H option as well which has the +same meaning. +.IP "\fB-s\fP \fIn\fP" +Skip the first \fIn\fP bytes of the input stream. Default is to skip no bytes. +.IP "\fB-b\fP \fIbitrate\fP" +Set audio encoder bitrate to \fIbitrate\fP +.IP "\fB-f \fIseekfile\fP" +Read index/seek information from \fIseekfile\fP. This is especially useful for +AVI files when it takes a long time to probe when there is no index in the AVI +available. Also see aviindex(1). +.IP "\fB-d\fP \fIlevel\fP" +With this option you can specify a bitmask to enable different levels +of verbosity (if supported). You can combine several levels by adding the +corresponding values: + +QUIET 0 + +INFO 1 + +DEBUG 2 + +STATS 4 + +WATCH 8 + +FLIST 16 + +VIDCORE 32 + +SYNC 64 + +COUNTER 128 + +PRIVATE 256 +.IP "\fB-v\fP" +Print version information and exit. +.SH NOTES +\fBtcprobe\fP is a front end for probing various source types and is used in \fBtranscode\fP's import modules. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.B tcprobe -i foo.avi +will print interesting information about the AVI file itself and its video and +audio content. +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcprobe +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR aviindex (1), +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avisync (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcpvmexportd.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcpvmexportd.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2909f2d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcpvmexportd.1 @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +.TH tcpvmexportd 1 "8th August 2003" "tcpvmexportd(1)" +.SH NAME +tcpvmexportd \- transcode PVM3 export interface +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B tcpvmexportd +.BI -s|-m +[ +.BI options +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcpvmexportd\fP is Copyright (C) by Malanchini Marzio +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcpvmexportd +This is the frontend for all the activity of export_pvm module: the program is spawned on all cluster hosts and wait to do the encode work. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-s\fP +Start tcpvmexportd in slave mode (internal use of export_pvm) [default]. +.TP +\fB Sub Options for slave mode\fP + +\fB-j\fP +Start merger process [off]. + +\fB-L\fP +Create only the merge list [off]. + +\fB-c name\fP +Name of slave function req in slave mode [none]. + +\fB-x parameters\fP +Multiplex parameters [none]. + +\fB-1 param\fP +First parameter to pass to the slave function [null]. + +\fB-2 param\fP +Second parameter to pass to the slave function [null]. + +\fB-3 param\fP +Third parameter to pass to the slave function [null]. + +\fB-t type\fP +Elab video or audio frame (video|audio|system|multisystem) [video]. + +\fB-f name\fP +Out file name [/tmp/my_file_name] + +\fB-p number\fP +Multipass (0,1,2,3) [0]. + +\fB-M \fP +Enable internal multipass [off]. + +.TP +\fB-m\fP +Start tcpvmexportd in master mode [off]. + +.TP +\fB Sub Options for master mode\fP + +\fB-j\fP +Start the batch merge mode [off]. + +\fB-C\fP +Check the config or merge file [off]. + +\fB-f name\fP +Input file name [/tmp/my_file_name] + +.TP +.B -h +Print help. +.TP +.B -v +Print the version. +.SH EXAMPLES +.PP +Command: +.PP +.B tcpvmexportd \-m -j -f mylistfile.lst +.PP +Run tcpvmexportd in batch merge mode. +.PP +.B tcpvmexportd \-m -C -f mylistfile.lst +.PP +Check the config or the merge file. +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcpvmexportd +was written by Marzio Malanchini +.br +<marzio_malanchini@vodafone.it> +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcscan.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcscan.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31f67894 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcscan.1 @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +.TH tcscan 1 "23th September 2002" "tcscan(1)" +.SH NAME +tcscan \- scan multimedia streams from medium and print information on the +standard output +.SH SYNOPSIS +.TP +.B tcscan +.B -i +.I name +[ +.B -x +.I codec +] [ +.B -e +.I r[,b[,c]] +] [ +.B -b +.I bitrate +] [ +.B -w +.I num +] [ +.B -f +.I rate +] [ +.B -d +.I verbosity +] [ +.B -v +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcscan\fP is Copyright (C) by Thomas Oestreich. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcscan +is part of and usually called by \fBtranscode\fP. +.br +However, it can also be used independently. +.br +\fBtcscan\fP reads source (from stdin if not explicitely defined) and +prints on the standard output. +.SH OPTIONS +.IP "\fB-i \fIname\fP" +Specify input source. If ommited, \fIstdin\fP is assumed. +.br +You can specify a file, directory, device, mountpoint or host address +as input source. \fBtcscan\fP usually handles the different types +correctly. +.IP "\fB-d\fP \fIlevel\fP" +With this option you can specify a bitmask to enable different levels +of verbosity (if supported). You can combine several levels by adding the +corresponding values: + +QUIET 0 + +INFO 1 + +DEBUG 2 + +STATS 4 + +WATCH 8 + +FLIST 16 + +VIDCORE 32 + +SYNC 64 + +COUNTER 128 + +PRIVATE 256 +.IP "\fB-v\fP" +Print version information and exit. +.SH NOTES +\fBtcscan\fP is a front end for scaning various source types and is used in \fBtranscode\fP's import modules. +\fBtcscan\fP does a complete scan of the source to gather information. +.SH EXAMPLES +The command +.B tcscan -i foo.avi +prints header information about the AVI-file itself and lists details on the video and audio content, e.g., keyframes, chunk structure. + +The command +.B cat audio.pcm | tcscan -x pcm -e 48000,16,2 +simply determines the playtime lenghth of the raw audio stream. + +The command +.B tcscan -x mp3 -i input.mp3 +will print the number of chunks in the MP3 file and the average bitrate. +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcscan +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR avifix (1), +.BR avisync (1), +.BR avimerge (1), +.BR avisplit (1), +.BR tcprobe (1), +.BR tcscan (1), +.BR tccat (1), +.BR tcdemux (1), +.BR tcextract (1), +.BR tcdecode (1), +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcxmlcheck.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcxmlcheck.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1703ea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/tcxmlcheck.1 @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +.TH tcxmlcheck 1 "29th June 2003" "tcxmlcheck(1)" +.SH NAME +tcxmlcheck \- Check information in smil input file +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B tcxmlcheck +[ +.BI options +] [ +.BI - +] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtcxmlcheck\fP is Copyright (C) by Malanchini Marzio +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B tcxmlcheck +Check a smil input file. Most of the options are used by transcode at run time. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB-i\fP \fIname\fP +Specify the name of the input video/audio smil file [stdin]. +.TP +\fB-p\fP \fIname\fP +Specify the name of the ausiliary audio smil file [none] +.TP +\fB-B\fP +Binary output to stdout (used by transcode) [off] +Force to print to stdout the vob structure of the smil file +.TP +.B -S +Write stdin into shared memory (used by transcode)[off]. +This is used by transcode at run time to store the vob information that will be modified by calling \fBtcxmlcheck\fP with the -V or -A options. +.TP +.B -V +Check only video smil file [off]. +This is used by transcode at run time: it read the smil file to override some information in the vob structure. +.TP +.B -A +Check only ausiliary audio smil file [off]. +This is used by transcode at run time: it read the smil file to override some information in the vob structure. +.TP +.B -v +Print the version +.SH EXAMPLES +.PP +Command: +.PP +.B tcxmlcheck \-i filename.smil +.PP +Return \fB0\fP if the input file is correct, \fB1\fP with an error message in the other cases. +.PP +.B tcxmlcheck -i filename.smil -S -B -V +.PP +Analyze the \fBfilename.smil\fP and store the vob structure into share memory (used only by transcode at run time). +.PP +.PP +.B tcxmlcheck -i filename.smil -B -V +.PP +Retrive the content from the share memory related to \fBfilename.smil\fP (used only by transcode at run time). +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B tcxmlcheck +was written by Marzio Malanchini +.br +<marzio_malanchini@vodafone.it> +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR transcode (1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e054d38b --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode.1 @@ -0,0 +1,1660 @@ +.\" Title: transcode +.\" Author: +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.73.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 14th July 2008 +.\" Manual: 14th July 2008 +.\" Source: transcode(1) +.\" +.TH "TRANSCODE" "1" "14th July 2008" "transcode(1)" "14th July 2008" +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.SH "NAME" +transcode \- LINUX video stream processing tool +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP 10 +\fBtranscode\fR \-i\ \fIname\fR [\-o\ \fIname\fR] [\-y\ \fIvmod,amod\fR] [\-w\ \fIvbitrate\fR\ [\ \fI,vkeyframes\fR\ [\ \fI,vcrispness\fR\ ]\ ]] [\-a\ \fIatrack\fR\ [\ \fI,vtrack\fR\ ]] [\-b\ \fIabitrate\fR\ [\ \fI,is_vbr\fR\ [\ \fI,quality\fR\ [\ \fI,mode\fR\ ]\ ]\ ]] [\-M\ \fIdemuxer_mode\fR] [\-F\ \fIcodec_string\fR] [\fIother\fR\ \fIoptions\fR] +.SH "QUICK SUMMARY" +.PP + +\fBtranscode\fR +supports a huge range of options, as described in detail in further section\&. Only one option is mandatory: +\fB\-i name\fR, for supplying the input main (video) source\&. All other options are discretionary and they can be skipped\&. Most commonly needed options are +\fB\-o\fR, +\fB\-y\fR, +\fB\-w\fR, +\fB\-a\fR, +\fB\-b\fR, +\fB\-M\fR, +\fB\-F\fR +and a fair number of transcode session needs a little more than those\&. See section below for full description of all transcode options\&. To inspect the properties of a module, such as their parameters or the help text, use the \'tcmodinfo\' tool\&. +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP + +\fBtranscode\fR +is a linux text\-console utility for video stream processing, running on a platform that supports shared libraries and threads\&. +.PP +It supports a huge range of options, as described in detail in further section\&. Only one option is mandatory: +\fB\-i name\fR, for supplying the input main (video) source\&. All other options are discretionary and they can be skipped\&. Most commonly needed options are +\fB\-o\fR, +\fB\-y\fR, +\fB\-w\fR, +\fB\-a\fR, +\fB\-b\fR, +\fB\-M\fR, +\fB\-F\fR +and a fair number of transcode session needs a little more than those\&. See section below for full description of all transcode options\&. +.PP +Decoding and encoding is done by loading modules that are responsible for feeding transcode with raw video/audio streams (import modules) and encoding the frames (export modules)\&. +.PP +It supports elementary video and audio frame transformations, including de\-interlacing or fast resizing of video frames and loading of external filters\&. +.PP +A number of modules are included to enable import of DVDs on\-the\-fly, MPEG elementary (ES) or program streams (VOB), MPEG video, Digital Video (DV), YUV4MPEG streams, NuppelVideo file format, AVI based codecs and raw or compressed (pass\-through) video frames and export modules for writing DivX;\-), XviD, DivX 4\&.xx/5\&.xx or uncompressed AVI and raw files with MPEG, AC3 (pass\-through) or PCM audio\&. +.PP +Additional export modules to write single frames (PPM) or YUV4MPEG streams are available, as well as an interface import module to the avifile library\&. +.PP +It\'s modular concept is intended to provide flexibility and easy user extensibility to include other video/audio codecs or filetypes\&. A set of tools is included to demux (tcdemux), extract (tcextract) and decode (tcdecode) the sources into raw video/audio streams for import, probing (tcprobe) and scanning (tcscan) your sources and to enable post\-processing of AVI files, fixing AVI file header information (avifix), merging multiple files (avimerge), splitting large AVI files (avisplit) to fit on a CD and avisync to correct AV\-offsyncs\&. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +\fB\-A \fR +.RS 4 +use AC3 as internal audio codec [off]\&. Only pass\-through supported\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-B \fR \fIn[,m[,M]]\fR +.RS 4 +resize to height\-\fIn\fR*\fIM\fR +rows [,width\-\fIm\fR*\fIM\fR] columns [off,32]\&. +\fIM\fR +must be one of 8, 16 or 32\&. It makes no difference which M you use\&. You might look at the +\fIfast\fR +flag of the +\fB\-Z\fR +option if you don not want to calculate +\fIn\fR +and +\fIm\fR +yourself\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-C \fR \fImode\fR +.RS 4 +enable anti\-aliasing mode (1\-3) [off]\&. +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +de\-interlace effects only +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +resize effects only +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +process full frame (slow) +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-D \fR \fInum\fR +.RS 4 +sync video start with audio frame num [0]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-E \fR \fIr[,b[,c]]\fR +.RS 4 +audio output samplerate [Hz], bits per sample and channels [as input]\&. The option "\-J resample" must be provided for export modules not capable of re\-sampling\&. Samplerate and bits per sample can be specified as 0 to mean "same as input"; this allows converting from stereo to mono while leaving the other parameters alone (\-E 0,0,1)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-F \fR \fIcodec_string\fR +.RS 4 +encoder parameter strings [module dependent]\&. The \-F parameter has different meanings for different export modules\&. Those meanings are documented in +\fItranscode_export(1)\fR +manual page\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-G \fR \fIval\fR +.RS 4 +Gamma correction (0\&.0\-10\&.0) [off]\&. A value of 1\&.0 does not change anything\&. A value lower than 1\&.0 will make the picture "brighter", a value above 1\&.0 will make it "darker"\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-H \fR \fIn\fR +.RS 4 +auto\-probe +\fIn\fR +MB of source (0=disable) default [1]\&. Use a higher value than the default to detect all subtitles in the VOB\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-I \fR \fImode\fR +.RS 4 +enable de\-interlacing mode (1\-5) [off]\&. +.PP +1 +.RS 4 + +\fI"interpolate scanlines"\fR +linear interpolation (takes the average of the surronding even rows to determine the odd rows), and copies the even rows as is\&. +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 + +\fI"handled by encoder"\fR +tells the encoding code to handle the fact that the frames are interlaced\&. Most codecs do not handle this\&. +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 + +\fI"zoom to full frame"\fR +drops to to half size, then zooms out\&. This can cause excessive blurring which is not always unwanted\&. On the other hand results are quite good\&. +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 + +\fI"drop field / half height"\fR +drop every other field and keep half height\&. +.RE +.PP +5 +.RS 4 + +\fI"interpolate scanlines / blend frames"\fR +linear blend (similar to \-vop pp=lb in mplayer) this, like linear blend calculates the odd rows as the average of the surrounding even rows, and also calculates the even rows as an average of the original even rows and also calculates the even rows as an average of the original odd rows and averages the calculated and original rows\&. Something like avg (avg(row1,row3), avg(row2, row4)) +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-J \fR \fIfilter1[,filter2[,\&.\&.\&.]]\fR +.RS 4 +apply external filter plugins [off]\&. The avalaible import modules and their options are documented into the +\fItranscode_filter(1)\fR +manual page\&. +\fINote:\fR +You can specify more than one \-J argument\&. The order of filter arguments specify in which order the filters are applied\&. Note also, for transcode internally it makes no difference whether you do "\-J filter1 \-J filter2" or "\-J filter1,filter2"\&. Use \'tcmodinfo \-i +\fINAME\fR\' to get more information about the filter_\fINAME\fR\&. Not all filters support this but most of them do\&. Some of the filter plugins have additional documentation in the docs/ directory\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-L \fR \fIn\fR +.RS 4 +seek to VOB stream offset +\fIn\fRx2kB default [0]\&. This option is usually calculated automatically when giving \-\-nav_seek and \-c\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-K \fR +.RS 4 +enable black/white by removing colors mode (grayscale) [off]\&. Please note this does not necessarily lead to a smaller image / better compression\&. For YUV mode, this is done by emptying the chroma planes, for RGB mode a weightend grayscale value is computed\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-M \fR \fImode\fR +.RS 4 +demuxer PES AV sync modes (0\-4) [1]\&. +.PP +\fIOverview\fR +.RS 4 +The demuxer takes care that the right video frames go together with the right audio frame\&. This can sometimes be a complex task and transcode tries to aid you as much as possible\&. +\fIWARNING:\fR +It does make a difference if you (the user) specifies a demuxer to use or if transcode resp\&. tcprobe(1) chooses the one which it thinks is right for your material\&. This is done on purpose to avoid mystic side\-effects\&. So think twice, wether you specify a demuxer or let transcode choose one or you might end up with an off\-sync result\&. +.RE +.PP +0 +.RS 4 +Pass\-through\&. Do not mess with the stream, switch off any synchronization/demuxing process\&. +.RE +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +PTS only (default)\&. Synchronize video and audio by inspecting PTS/DTS time stamps of audio and video\&. Preferred mode for PAL VOB streams and DVDs\&. +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +NTSC VOB stream synchronization feature\&. This mode generates synchronization information for transcode by analyzing the frame display time\&. +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +(like \-M 1): sync AV at initial PTS, but invokes "\-D/\-\-av_fine_ms" options internally based on "tcprobe" PTS analysis\&. PTS stands for Presentation Time Stamp\&. +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +(like \-M 2): initial PTS / enforce frame rate, with additional frame rate enforcement (for NTSC)\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-N \fR \fIformat\fR +.RS 4 +select export format\&. Default is mp3 for audio, and module\-dependant format for video\&. This option has two different behaviours and accepts two different set of options, as side\-effect of ongoing export module transition\&. For old\-style modules (current default, as found in 1\&.0\&.x series), argument is audio format ID has hexadecimal value: see below for a list of recognized IDs\&. Default id, so default format for audio exported track, is MP3 (0x55)\&. If you are using, the transcode\'s the new\-style encode/multiplex modules (still under development, see the encode and multiplex directories), argument is a comma\-separated pair of export format names\&. Use tcmodinfo tool to check out what new\-style export module support what formats\&. +.sp +Available format for old\-style behaviour are: +.PP +\fI0x1\fR +.RS 4 +PCM uncompressed audio +.RE +.PP +\fI0x50\fR +.RS 4 +MPEG layer\-2 aka MP2 +.RE +.PP +\fI0x55\fR +.RS 4 +MPEG layer\-3 aka MP3\&. Also have a look at \-\-lame_preset if you intend to do VBR audio\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI0x2000\fR +.RS 4 +AC3 audio +.RE +.PP +\fI0xfffe\fR +.RS 4 +OGG/Vorbis audio +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-O \fR +.RS 4 +skip flushing of buffers at encoder stop [off, do flushing at each stop]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-P \fR \fIflag\fR +.RS 4 +pass\-through flag (0=off|1=V|2=A|3=A+V) [0]\&. Pass\-through for +\fIflag\fR +!= 1 is broken and not a trivial thing to fix\&. +.sp +You can pass\-through DV video, AVI files and MPEG2 video\&. When doing MPEG2 pass\-through (together with the \-y raw module), you can give a requantization factor by using \-w (for example \-w 1\&.5), this will make the MPEG2 stream smaller\&. +.sp +The pass\-through mode is useful for reconstruction of a broken index of an AVI file\&. The \-x ffmpeg import\-module analyzes the compressed bitstream and can detect a keyframe for DIV3, MPEG4 (DivX, XviD, \&.\&.) and other formats\&. It then sets an internal flag which the export module will respect when writing the frame out\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-Q \fR \fIn[,m]\fR +.RS 4 +encoding[,decoding] quality (0=fastest\-5=best) [5,5]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-R \fR \fIn[,f1[,f2]]\fR +.RS 4 +enable multi\-pass encoding (0\-3) [0,divx4\&.log,pcm\&.log]\&. +.PP +0 Constant bitrate (CBR) encoding\&. [default] +.RS 4 +The codec tries to achieve constant bitrate output\&. This means, each encoded frame is mostly the same size\&. This type of encoding can help in maintaining constant filling of hardware buffer on set top players or smooth streaming over networks\&. By the way, Constant bitrate is often obtained sacrifying quality during high motion scenes\&. +.RE +.PP +1 Variable bitrate encoding: First pass\&. +.RS 4 +In this mode, the codec analyses the complete sequence in order to collect data that can improve the distribution of bits in a second VBR pass\&. The collected data is written to second sub argument (default: divx4\&.log)\&. This data is codec dependant and cannot be used across codecs\&. It is strongly advised to use the same codec settings for the VBR analysis pass and the VBR encoding pass if you want predictable results\&. +.sp +The video output of the first pass is not of much use and can grow very large\&. It\'s a good idea to not save the video output to a file but directly to /dev/null\&. Usually the bitrate is ignored during first pass\&. +.sp +Disabling audio export makes sense too, so use \-y codec,null\&. It is +\fInot\fR +recommended to disable the audio +\fIimport\fR +because transcode might drop video frames to keep audio and video in sync\&. This is not possible when the audio import is disabled\&. It may lead to the fact that the codec will see a different sequence of frames which effectively renders the log file invalid\&. +.RE +.PP +2 Variable bitrate encoding: Second pass\&. +.RS 4 +The first pass allowed the codec collecting data about the complete sequence\&. During the second pass, the codec will use that data in order to find an efficient bit distribution that respects both the desired bitrate and the natural bitrate curve shape\&. This ensures a good compromise between quality and desired bitrate\&. +.sp +Make sure you activate both sound and video encoding during this pass\&. +.RE +.PP +3 Constant quantizer encoding\&. +.RS 4 +The quantizer is the "compression level" of the picture\&. The lower the quantizer is, the higher is the quality of the picture\&. This mode can help in making sure the sequence is encoded at constant quality, but no prediction can be made on the final bitrate\&. When using this mode, the +\fB\-w\fR +option changes its meaning, it now takes the quantizer ranging from 1 to 31\&. Note that constant quantizer encoding is not supported with some codecs (notably mpeg1/2/4 with \-y ffmpeg)\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-S \fR \fIunit[,s1\-s2]\fR +.RS 4 +process program stream unit[,s1\-s2] sequences [0,all]\&. This option is a bit redundant to \-\-psu*\&. This option lets you specify which units you want to have decoded or skipped\&. At a program stream unit boundary, all (internal) mpeg timers are reset to 0\&. tcprobe will tell you how many units are in one file\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-T \fR \fIt[,c[,a]]\fR +.RS 4 +select DVD title[,chapter[,angle]] [1,1,1]\&. Only a single chapter is transcoded\&. Use +\fB\-T\fR +1,\-1 to trancode all chapters in a row\&. You can even specify chapter ranges\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-U \fR \fIbase\fR +.RS 4 +process DVD in chapter mode to base\-ch%02d\&.avi [off]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-V \fR \fIformat\fR +.RS 4 +select video layout / colour space for internal processing\&. Possible values for this options are: yuv420p (default), yuv422p, rgb24 +.sp +yuv420p is default because it is most codecs\' internal format so there is no need for conversions\&. Some modules may not support it though: use rgb in that case\&. +.sp +rgb24 is the old (pre\-0\&.6\&.13) transcode internal format\&. Most codecs do not support this format natively and have to convert it to/from YUV first, so only use this option if you\'re really sure or you want to use a module that doesn\'t support YUV\&. +.sp +yuv422p is an experimental feature and a developers playground\&. Not many import, export and filter modules support this colorspace\&. A 4:2:2 colorspace offers much more quality than the consumer oriented 4:2:0 colorspaces like I420/YV12\&. Most equipment in film and video post\-production uses YUV422\&. YUV422 doubles the precision for chroma (color difference) information in the image\&. +.sp +All internal transformations are supported in YUV422 mode (clipping, flipping, zooming, etc)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-W \fR \fIn,m[,nav_file]\fR +.RS 4 +autosplit and process part +\fIn\fR +of +\fIm\fR +(VOB only) [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-X \fR \fIn[,m,[M]]\fR +.RS 4 +resize to height+\fIn\fR*\fIM\fR +rows [,width+\fIm\fR*\fIM\fR] columns [off,32]\&. M must be one of 8, 16 or 32\&. It makes no difference which M you use\&. You might look at the +\fIfast\fR +flag of the +\fB\-Z\fR +option if you do not want to calculate +\fIn\fR +and +\fIm\fR +yourself\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-Y \fR \fItop[,left[,bottom[,right]]]\fR +.RS 4 +select (encoder) frame region by clipping border\&. Negative values add a border [off]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-Z \fR \fIwidthxheight[,fast|interlaced]\fR +.RS 4 +resize to +\fIwidth\fR +columns, +\fIheight\fR +rows with filtering [off,notfast,notinterlaced]\&. If +\fIfast\fR +is given, transcode will calculate the parameters for +\fB\-X\fR +and/or +\fB\-B\fR\&. The file +\fBfast\fR +can only be used when the import and export geometry of an image is a multiple of 8\&. +.sp +In fast mode, a faster but less precise resizing algorithm will be used resulting in a slightly less good quality\&. Beside this (small) drawback, it is worth a try\&. +.sp +If +\fIinterlaced\fR +is given, transcode will assume the frame is interlaced when resizing, and resize each field independently\&. This will give better results on interlaced video, but is incompatible with fast mode\&. Also, the height (both old and new) must be a multiple of 4\&. +.sp +It is also possible to omit +\fIwidth\fR +OR +\fIheight\fR\&. In this case, transcode will calculate the missing value using the import aspect ratio\&. The new value will be aligned to be a multiple of 8\&. Using an additional +\fIfast\fR +or +\fIinterlaced\fR +is also possible\&. +.sp +Examples (assume input is a 16:9 coded file at 720x576): +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + \-Z 576x328 uses filtered zoom\&. + \-Z 576x328,fast uses fast zoom\&. + \-Z 576x,fast guess 328 and do fast zoom\&. + \-Z x328,interlaced guess 576 and do interlaced zoom\&. + +.fi +.RE +If you also set +\fB\-\-export_prof\fR, you can use just "fast" to indicate that fast resizing is wanted (likewise with "interlaced")\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-a \fR \fIach[,vch]\fR +.RS 4 +extract audio[,video] track for encoding\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-b \fR \fIb[,v,[q,[m]]]\fR +.RS 4 +audio encoder bitrate kBits/s[,vbr[,quality[,mode]]] [128,0,5,0] +.sp +The +\fImode\fR +parameter specifies which modus lame should use for encoding\&. Available modes are: +.PP +0 +.RS 4 +Joint Stereo (default) +.RE +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +Full stereo +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +Mono +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-c \fR \fIf1\-f2[,f3\-f4[, \&.\&.\&. ] ]\fR +.RS 4 +encode only frames +\fIf1\-f2\fR +[and +\fIf3\-f4\fR]\&. Default is to encode all available frames\&. Use this and you\'ll get statistics about remaining encoding time\&. The +\fIf[N]\fR +parameters may also be timecodes in the HH:MM:SS\&.FRAME format\&. Example: +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + \-c 500\-0:5:01,:10:20\-1:18:02\&.1 + +.fi +.RE +Will encode only from frame 500 to 5 minutes and 1 second and from 10 min, 20 sec to 1 hour, 18 min, 2 sec and one frame\&. +.sp +Note that transcode starts counting frames at +0 +and excludes the last frame specified\&. That means that "\fB\-c\fR +0\-100" will encoded 100 frames starting at frame +0 +up to frame +99 +.RE +.PP +\fB\-d \fR +.RS 4 +swap bytes in audio stream [off]\&. In most cases, DVD PCM audio tracks require swapping of audio bytes +.RE +.PP +\fB\-e \fR \fIr[,b[,c]]\fR +.RS 4 +PCM audio stream parameter\&. Sample rate [Hz], bits per sample and number of channels [48000,16,2]\&. Normally this is autodetected\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-f \fR \fIrate[,frc]\fR +.RS 4 +import video frame rate[,frc] [25\&.000,0]\&. If +\fIfrc\fR +(frame rate code) is specified, transcode will calculate the precise frames per second internally\&. Valid values for +\fIfrc\fR +are: +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +23\&.976 (24000/1001\&.0) +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +24 +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +25 +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +29\&.970 (30000/1001\&.0) +.RE +.PP +5 +.RS 4 +30 +.RE +.PP +6 +.RS 4 +50 +.RE +.PP +7 +.RS 4 +59\&.940 (2 * 29\&.970) +.RE +.PP +8 +.RS 4 +60 +.RE +.PP +9 +.RS 4 +1 +.RE +.PP +10 +.RS 4 +5 +.RE +.PP +11 +.RS 4 +10 +.RE +.PP +12 +.RS 4 +12 +.RE +.PP +13 +.RS 4 +15 +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-g \fR \fIWidthxHeight\fR +.RS 4 +video stream frame size [720x576]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-h\fR +.RS 4 +print out usage information\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-i \fR \fIname\fR +.RS 4 +input file/directory/device/mountpoint/host name, default is [/dev/zero]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-j \fR \fItop[,left[,bottom[,right]]]\fR +.RS 4 +select frame region by clipping border\&. Negative values add a border [off]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-k \fR +.RS 4 +swap red/blue (Cb/Cr) in video frame [off]\&. Use if people have blue faces\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-l \fR +.RS 4 +mirror video frame [off]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-m \fR \fIfile\fR +.RS 4 +write audio stream to separate file [off]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-n \fR \fI0xnn\fR +.RS 4 +import audio format id [0x2000]\&. Normally, this is autodetected\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-o \fR \fIfile\fR +.RS 4 +output file name, default is [/dev/null]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-p \fR \fIfile\fR +.RS 4 +read audio stream from separate file [off]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-q \fR \fIdebuglevel\fR +.RS 4 +possible values for debuglevel: +.PP +0 +.RS 4 +QUIET +.RE +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +INFO +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +DEBUG +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +STATS +.RE +.PP +8 +.RS 4 +WATCH +.RE +.PP +16 +.RS 4 +FLIST +.RE +.PP +32 +.RS 4 +VIDCORE +.RE +.PP +64 +.RS 4 +SYNC +.RE +.PP +128 +.RS 4 +COUNTER +.RE +.PP +256 +.RS 4 +PRIVATE +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-r \fR \fIn[,m]\fR +.RS 4 +reduce video height/width by n[,m] [off]\&. Example: +\fB\-r\fR +2 will rescale the framesize of a 720x576 file to 360x288\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-s \fR \fIgain,[center,[front,[rear]]]\fR +.RS 4 +increase volume of audio stream by gain,[center,front,rear] default [off,1,1,1]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-t \fR \fIn,base\fR +.RS 4 +split output to +\fIbase\fR%03d\&.avi with +\fIn\fR +frames [off]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-u \fR \fIm[,n]\fR +.RS 4 +use +\fIm\fR +framebuffer[,\fIn\fR +threads] for AV processing [10,1]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-v \fR +.RS 4 +print version\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-w \fR \fIb[,k[,c]]\fR +.RS 4 +encoder bitrate[,keyframes[,crispness]] [(6000 for MPEG 1/2, 1800 for others),250,100]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-video_max_bitrate \fR \fIb\fR +.RS 4 +Use +\fIb\fR +as maximal bitrate (kbps) when encoding variable bitrate streams\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-x \fR \fIvmod[,amod]\fR +.RS 4 +video[,audio] import modules [auto,auto]\&. If omitted, transcode will probefor appropriate import modules\&. The avalaible import modules and their options are documented into the +\fItranscode_import(1)\fR +manual page\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-y \fR \fIvmod[,amod[,mmod]]\fR +.RS 4 +video[,audio[,multiplex]] export modules [null]\&. If omitted, transcode will encode to the +\fInull\fR +module\&. If a multiplex module is given, transcode will use the new\-style encode/multiplex modules (still under development, see the encode and multiplex directories); if no multiplex module is given, the traditional export modules will be used\&. The avalaible export, encoder and multiplexor modules and their options are documented into the +\fItranscode_export(1)\fR +manual page\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-accel \fR \fItype\fR +.RS 4 +enforce experimental IA32 acceleration for type [autodetect]\&. +\fItype\fR +may be one of +.PP +\fIC\fR +.RS 4 +No acceleration +.RE +.PP +\fIia32asm\fR +.RS 4 +plain x86 assembly +.RE +.PP +\fImmx\fR +.RS 4 +MMX instruction set +.RE +.PP +\fI3dnow\fR +.RS 4 +3DNow! instruction set +.RE +.PP +\fIsse\fR +.RS 4 +SSE instruction set +.RE +.PP +\fIsse2\fR +.RS 4 +SSE2 instruction set +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-avi_limit \fR\fIN\fR +.RS 4 +split/rotate output AVI file after N MB [2048]\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-avi_comments \fR \fIF\fR +.RS 4 +Read AVI header comments from file +\fIF\fR +[off]\&. The AVI file format supports so\-called tomb\-stone data\&. It can be used to write annotations into the AVI file\&. +.sp +See the file +\fIdocs/avi_comments\&.txt\fR +for a sample input file with all tags\&. When the file is read, empty lines and lines starting with \'#\' are ignored\&. The syntax is: "TAG<space>STRING"\&. The order of the tags does not matter\&. If a tag has no string following it, it is ignored\&. That means, you can use the file docs/avi_comments\&.txt as input and only fill out the fields you want\&. +.sp +A very simple example is: +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-snip\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\- + INAM My 1st Birthday + ISBJ My first steps! + IART My proud family + \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-snip\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\- + +.fi +.RE +Keep in mind that there is no endless space in the AVI header, most likely its around 1000 bytes\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-zoom_filter \fR \fIstring\fR +.RS 4 +use filter string for video resampling +\fB\-Z\fR +[Lanczos3] The following filters are available: +.PP +Bell +.RS 4 +.RE +.PP +Box +.RS 4 +.RE +.PP +Lanczos3 (default) +.RS 4 +.RE +.PP +Mitchell +.RS 4 +.RE +.PP +Hermite +.RS 4 +.RE +.PP +B_spline +.RS 4 +.RE +.PP +Triangle +.RS 4 +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-cluster_percentage \fR +.RS 4 +use percentage mode for cluster encoding +\fB\-W\fR> [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-cluster_chunks \fR \fIa\-b\fR +.RS 4 +process chunk range instead of selected chunk [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-export_asr \fR \fIC\fR +.RS 4 +set export aspect ratio code +\fIC\fR +[as input] Valid codes for +\fIC\fR +are: +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +1:1 +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +4:3 +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +16:9 +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +2\&.21:1 +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-export_prof \fR \fIS\fR +.RS 4 +WARNING: this option will be renamed as +\fB\-\-export_profile\fR +in future releases\&. +.sp +Select an export profile {vcd, svcd, xvcd, dvd} [\-pal|\-ntsc|\-secam]\&. Default is no profile\&. +.sp +If you set this meta option to one of the values below, transcode will adjust some internal paramaters as well as geometry and clipping\&. If no export modules are specified, mpeg2enc for video and mp2enc for audio are used when compiled with mjpegtools support\&. +.sp +Valid values for +\fIS\fR +are e\&.g\&. vcd, vcd\-pal, vcd\-ntsc, svcd, svcd\-pal, \&.\&.\&. +.sp +xvcd profile is equal to svcd except that it allows for up to 9000 Kbps video bitrate (default is 5000) and arbitrary audio samplerate\&. +.sp +When one of the above is used, transcode will calculate the needed clipping and resizing values for you based on the import and export aspect ratio\&. This is especially handy if you want to encode a 16:9 DVD into a 4:3 SVCD for example\&. Transcode internally then sets \-\-pre_clip to add the black bars ("letterboxing")\&. +.sp +If you use "vcd" instead of "vcd\-pal" or "vcd\-ntsc", transcode will make an educated guess if PAL or NTSC vcd is wanted\&. The same is true for the other profiles\&. When the input file has no aspect ratio information at all, transcode guesses it based on the import frame sizes\&. You can set the import aspect ratio by giving +\fB\-\-import_asr\fR +CODE\&. +.sp +Examples (assume input is a 16:9 coded file at 720x576 (PAL)): +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + \-\-export_prof svcd clip top/bot \-96; resizes to 480x576 + \-\-export_prof vcd\-ntsc clip top/bot \-96; resizes to 352x240 + +.fi +.RE +This enables simpilified commandlines where transcode tries to set sensible values for mpeg export\&. When you don\'t specify an export module with \-y, mpeg2enc will be used\&. +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + transcode \-i vob/ \-\-export_prof svcd \-Z fast \-o test + +.fi +.RE +The ffmpeg export module `\-y ffmpeg\' does support profiles as well\&. The module tries to be smart and sets internal ffmpeg parameters which are otherwise quite tricky to find out\&. Usage is similar to the above\&. +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + transcode \-i vob/ \-\-export_prof dvd \-y ffmpeg \-o test \-m test\&.ac3 + tcmplex \-m d \-i test\&.m2v \-p test\&.ac3 \-o test\&.mpg + +.fi +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-export_par \fR \fIC[,N]\fR +.RS 4 +set export pixel aspect ratio to +\fIC\fR[,\fIN\fR]\&. To encode anamorphic material, transcode can encode the target pixel aspect ratio into the file\&. This is NOT the actual aspect ratio of the image, but only the amount by which every single pixel is stretched when played with an aspect ratio aware application, like mplayer\&. +.sp +To encode at non standard aspect ratios, set both +\fIC\fR +and +\fIN\fR\&. E\&.g\&. to make every pixel twice as high as it\'s wide (e\&.g\&. to scale back to normal size after deinterlacing by dropping every second line)\&. +.sp +If +\fIC\fR +and +\fIN\fR +are specified, the value set for +\fIC\fR +does give the pixel aspect ratio of the width and +\fIN\fR +the one for the height\&. If only +\fIC\fR +is specified, the table below applies\&. +.sp +Valid codes for +\fIC\fR +are +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +1:1 No stretching +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +12:11 5:4 image to 4:3 (ex: 720x576 \-> 768x576) +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +10:11 3:2 image to 4:3 (ex: 720x480 \-> 640x480) +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +16:11 5:4 image to 16:9 (ex: 720x576 \-> 1024x576) +.RE +.PP +5 +.RS 4 +40:33 3:2 image to 16:9 (ex: 720x480 \-> 872x480) +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-import_asr \fR \fIC\fR +.RS 4 +set import aspect ratio code +\fIC\fR +[autoprobed] +.sp +Valid codes for +\fIC\fR +are +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +1:1 +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +4:3 +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +16:9 +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +2\&.21:1 +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-keep_asr \fR +.RS 4 +try to keep aspect ratio (only with \-Z) [off] +.sp +The +\fB\-\-keep_asr\fR +options changes the meaning of +\fB\-Z\fR\&. It tries to fit the video into a framesize specified by +\fB\-Z\fR +by keeping the +\fIoriginal\fR +aspect ratio\&. +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + +\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+ +\-\-\-480\-\-\-\-\-+ + | | | black | + |720x306 = 2\&.35:1| \-> \-Z 480x480 \-\-keep_asr \->|\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-4 + | | | 480x204 8 + +\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+ |\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-0 + | black | + +\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+ + +.fi +.RE +Consider +\fB\-\-keep_asr\fR +a wrapper for calculating +\fB\-Y\fR +options and +\fB\-Z\fR +options\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-mplayer_probe \fR +.RS 4 +use external mplayer binary to probe stream, reset default import modules as mplayer ones [off]\&. Default is to use internal probing code\&. Using this option without mplayer import modules (\fB\-x\fR +mplayer) can lead to unpredictable and possibly wrong results\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-quantizers \fR \fImin,max\fR +.RS 4 +set encoder min/max quantizer\&. This is meaningfull only for video codecs of MPEG family\&. For other kind of codecs, this options is harmless\&. [2,31] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-divx_rc \fR \fIp,rp,rr\fR +.RS 4 +divx encoder rate control parameter [2000,10,20] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-divx_vbv_prof \fR \fIN\fR +.RS 4 +divx5 encoder VBV profile (0=free\-5=hiqhq) [3]\&. Sets a predefined profile for the Video Bitrate Verifier\&. If +\fIN\fR +is set to zero, no profile is applied and the user specified values from +\fB\-\-divx_vbv\fR +are used\&. +.sp +Valid profiles +.PP +0 +.RS 4 +Free/No profile ( Use supplied values ) +.RE +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +Handheld ( 320, 16, 3072 ) +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +Portable ( 1920, 64, 12288 ) +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +Home Theatre ( 10000, 192, 36864 ) +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +High Definition ( 20000, 384, 73728 ) +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-divx_vbv \fR \fIbr,sz,oc\fR +.RS 4 +divx5 encoder VBV params (bitrate,size,occup\&.) [10000,192,36864] These parameters are normally set through the profile parameter +\fB\-\-divx_vbv_prof\fR\&. Do not mess with theses value unless you are absolutely sure of what you are doing\&. Transcode internally multiplicates vbv_bitrate with 400, vbv_size with 16384 and vbv_occupancy with 64 to ensure the supplied values are multiples of what the encoder library wants\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-export_fps \fR \fIrate[,frc]\fR +.RS 4 +set export frame rate (and code) [as input]\&.Valid values for +\fIfrc\fR +are +.sp +frc rate +.PP +1 +.RS 4 +23\&.976 (24000/1001\&.0) +.RE +.PP +2 +.RS 4 +24 +.RE +.PP +3 +.RS 4 +25 +.RE +.PP +4 +.RS 4 +29\&.970 (30000/1001\&.0) +.RE +.PP +5 +.RS 4 +30 +.RE +.PP +6 +.RS 4 +50 +.RE +.PP +7 +.RS 4 +59\&.940 (2 * 29\&.970) +.RE +.PP +8 +.RS 4 +60 +.RE +.PP +9 +.RS 4 +1 +.RE +.PP +10 +.RS 4 +5 +.RE +.PP +11 +.RS 4 +10 +.RE +.PP +12 +.RS 4 +12 +.RE +.PP +13 +.RS 4 +15 +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-export_frc \fR \fIF\fR +.RS 4 +set export frame rate code +\fIF\fR +[as input]\&. +\fIObsolete\fR, use +\fB\-\-export_fps\fR +0,F +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-hard_fps \fR +.RS 4 +disable smooth dropping (for variable fps clips) [off]\&. See /docs/framerate\&.txt for more information\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-pulldown \fR +.RS 4 +set MPEG 3:2 pulldown flags on export [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-antialias_para \fR \fIw,b\fR +.RS 4 +center pixel weight, xy\-bias [0\&.333,0\&.500] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no_audio_adjust \fR +.RS 4 +disable internal audio frame sample adjustment [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no_bitreservoir \fR +.RS 4 +disable lame bitreservoir for MP3 encoding [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-config_dir \fR \fIdir\fR +.RS 4 +Assume config files are in this +\fIdir\fR\&. This only affects the \-y ffmpeg and \-y xvid4 modules\&. It gives the path where the modules search for their configuration\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-lame_preset \fR \fIname[,fast]\fR +.RS 4 +use lame preset with +\fIname\fR +[off]\&. Lame features some built\-in presets\&. Those presets are designed to provide the highest possible quality\&. They have for the most part been subject to and tuned via rigorous listening tests to verify and achieve this objective\&. These are continually updated to coincide with the latest developments that occur and as a result should provide you with nearly the best quality currently possible from LAME\&. Any of those VBR presets can also be used in fast mode, using the new vbr algorithm\&. This mode is faster, but its quality could be a little lower\&. To enable the fast mode, append "\fI,fast\fR" +.PP +\fI<N kbps>\fR +.RS 4 +Using this preset will usually give you good quality at a specified bitrate\&. Depending on the bitrate entered, this preset will determine the optimal settings for that particular situation\&. While this approach works, it is not nearly as flexible as VBR, and usually will not reach the same quality level as VBR at higher bitrates\&. ABR\&. +.RE +.PP +\fImedium\fR +.RS 4 +This preset should provide near transparency to most people on most music\&. The resulting bitrate should be in the 150\-180kbps range, according to music complexity\&. VBR\&. +.RE +.PP +\fIstandard\fR +.RS 4 +This preset should generally be transparent to most people on most music and is already quite high in quality\&. The resulting bitrate should be in the 170\-210kbps range, according to music complexity\&. VBR\&. +.RE +.PP +\fIextreme\fR +.RS 4 +If you have extremely good hearing and similar equipment, this preset will provide slightly higher quality than the "standard" mode\&. The resulting bitrate should be in the 200\-240kbps range, according to music complexity\&. VBR\&. +.RE +.PP +\fIinsane\fR +.RS 4 +This preset will usually be overkill for most people and most situations, but if you must have the absolute highest quality with no regard to filesize, this is the way to go\&. This preset is the highest preset quality available\&. 320kbps CBR\&. +.RE +.PP +(taken from \fIhttp://www\&.mp3dev\&.org/mp3/doc/html/presets\&.html)\fR\&[1] +.RS 4 +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-av_fine_ms \fR \fIt\fR +.RS 4 +AV fine\-tuning shift +\fIt\fR +in millisecs [autodetect] also see \-D\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-nav_seek \fR \fIfile\fR +.RS 4 +use VOB or AVI navigation file [off]\&. Generate a nav file with tcdemux \-W >nav_log for VOB files or with aviindex(1) for AVI files\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-psu_mode \fR +.RS 4 +process VOB in PSU, \-o is a filemask incl\&. %d [off]\&. PSU means Program Stream Unit and this mode is useful for (mostly) NTSC DVDs which have several program stream units\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-psu_chunks \fR \fIa\-b\fR +.RS 4 +process only selected units +\fIa\-b\fR +for PSU mode [all] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no_split \fR +.RS 4 +encode to single file in chapter/psu/directory mode [off]\&. If you don\'t give this option, you\'ll end up with several files in one of the above mentioned modes\&. It is still possible to merge them with avimerge(1)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-multi_input \fR +.RS 4 + +\fI(EXPERIMENTAL)\fR +enable multiple input mode: intelligently join input files in import\&. The inputs can be expressed using standard POSIX globbing\&. While theorically all input modules are supported, it is safe to use this only when dealing with constant\-sized audio (PCM) and intra\-frame only video codecs (es: MJPEG)\&. To be safe, use this mode with im, ffmpeg and raw import modules\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-pre_clip \fR \fIt[,l[,b[,r]]]\fR +.RS 4 +select initial frame region by clipping border [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-post_clip \fR \fIt[,l[,b[,r]]]\fR +.RS 4 +select final frame region by clipping border [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-a52_drc_off \fR +.RS 4 +disable liba52 dynamic range compression [enabled]\&. If you dont specify this option, liba52 will provide the default behaviour, which is to apply the full dynamic range compression as specified in the A/52 stream\&. This basically makes the loud sounds softer, and the soft sounds louder, so you can more easily listen to the stream in a noisy environment without disturbing anyone\&. +.sp +If you let it enabled this this will totally disable the dynamic range compression and provide a playback more adapted to a movie theater or a listening room\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-a52_demux \fR +.RS 4 +demux AC3/A52 to separate channels [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-a52_dolby_off \fR +.RS 4 +disable liba52 dolby surround [enabled]\&. Selects whether the output is plain stereo (if the option is set) or if it is Dolby Pro Logic \- also called Dolby surround or 3:1 \- downmix (if the option is not used)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-log_no_color \fR +.RS 4 +disable colored log messages\&. By default transcode use colors in log messages in order to easily distinguish message classes\&. That behaviour can be problematic if output of transcode is a file or a pipe, so this option came handful\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-dir_mode \fR \fIbase\fR +.RS 4 +process directory contents to base\-%03d\&.avi [off] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-frame_interval \fR \fIN\fR +.RS 4 +select only every +\fIN\fRth frame to be exported [1] +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-encode_fields \fR \fIC\fR +.RS 4 +enable field based encoding (if supported) [off]\&. This option takes an argument if given to denote the order of fields\&. If the option is not given, it defaults to progressive (do not assume the picture is interlaced) +.sp +Valid codes for +\fIC\fR +are: +.PP +\fIp\fR +.RS 4 +progressive (default) +.RE +.PP +\fIt\fR +.RS 4 +top\-field first +.RE +.PP +\fIb\fR +.RS 4 +bottom\-field first +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-dv_yuy2_mode, \-\-dv_yv12_mode\fR +.RS 4 +Indicates that libdv decodes Digital Video frames in YUY2 (packed) or YV12 (planar) mode, respectively\&. Normally transcode figures out the correct mode automatically, but if you try to transcode PAL DV files and the results look strange, try one of these options\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-write_pid \fR \fIfile\fR +.RS 4 +write pid of signal thread to +\fIfile\fR +[off]\&. Enables you to terminate transcode cleanly by sending a SIGINT (2) to the pid in +\fIfile\fR\&. Please note +\fIfile\fR +will be overwritten\&. Usage example +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + $ transcode \&.\&.\&. \-\-write_pid /tmp/transcode\&.pid & + $ kill \-2 `cat /tmp/transcode\&.pid` + +.fi +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-nice \fR \fIN\fR +.RS 4 +set niceness to +\fIN\fR +[off]\&. The option \-\-nice which renices transcode to the given positive or negative value\&. \-10 sets a high priority; +10 a low priority\&. This might be useful for cluster mode\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-progress_meter \fR \fIN\fR +.RS 4 +select type of progress meter [1]\&. Selects the type of progress message printed by transcode: +.PP +\fI0\fR +.RS 4 +no progress meter +.RE +.PP +\fI1\fR +.RS 4 +standard progress meter +.RE +.PP +\fI2\fR +.RS 4 +raw progress data (written to standard output) +.RE +.sp +Scripts that need progress data should use type 2, since the format of type 1 is subject to change without notice\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-progress_rate \fR \fIN\fR +.RS 4 +print progress every +\fIN\fR +frames [1]\&. Controls how frequently the status message is printed (every +\fIN\fR +frames)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-socket \fR \fIFILE\fR +.RS 4 +Open a socket to accept commands while running\&. See +\fItcmodinfo(1)\fR +and /docs/filter\-socket\&.txt for more information about the protocol\&. +.RE +.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +.PP +\fITRANSCODE_LOG_NO_COLOR\fR +.RS 4 +if set, forces the colored logging off for all the tools of transcode suite\&. +.RE +.SH "NOTES" +.PP +* +.RS 4 +Most source material parameter are auto\-detected\&. +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 +Clipping region options are expanded symmetrically\&. Examples: +.sp +\-j 80 will be expanded to \-j 80,0,80,0 +.sp +\-j 80,8 will be expanded to \-j 80,8,80,8 +.sp +\-j 80,8,10 will be expanded to \-j 80,8,10,8 +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 +maximum image size is 1920x1088\&. +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 +The video frame operations ordering is fixed: "\-j \-I \-X \-B \-Z \-Y \-r \-z \-l \-k \-K \-G \-C" (executed from left to right)\&. +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 +Shrinking the image with \'\-B\' is not possible if the image width/height is not a multiple of 8, 16 or 32\&. +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 +Expanding the image with \'\-X\' is not possible if the image width/height is not a multiple of 8, 16 or 32\&. +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 +The final frame width/height should be a multiple of 8\&. (to avoid encoding problems with some codecs) +.PP +1\&. +.RS 4 +Reducing the video height/width by 2,4,8 Option \'\-r factor\' can be used to shrink the video image by a constant factor, this factor can be 2,4 or 8\&. +.RE +.PP +2\&. +.RS 4 +Clipping and changing the aspect ratio +\fBtranscode\fR +uses 3 steps to produce the input image for the export modules +.PP +1\&. +.RS 4 +Clipping of the input image\&. +.RE +.PP +2\&. +.RS 4 +Changing the aspect ratio of the 1) output\&. +.RE +.PP +3\&. +.RS 4 +Clipping of the 2) output\&. +.RE +.RE +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 + +\fIBits per pixel\fR +(bits/pixel) is a value transcode calculates and prints when starting up\&. It is mainly useful when encoding to MPEG4 (xvid, divx, etc)\&. You\'ll see line like +.sp +[transcode] V: bits/pixel | 0\&.237 +.sp +Simplified said, bits/pixel quantifies how good an encode will be\&. Although this value depends heavily on the used input material, as a general rule of thump it can be said that values greater or close to 0\&.2 will result in good encodes, encodes with values less than 0\&.15 will have noticeable artifacts\&. +.sp + +\fIBits per pixel\fR +depends on the resolution, bitrate and frames per second\&. If you have a low value ( < 0\&.15), you might want to raise the bitrate or encode at a lower resolution\&. The exact formula is +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + bitrate*1000 + bpp = \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\- + width*height*fps + +.fi +.RE +.RE +.PP +* +.RS 4 + +\fIAC3 / Multiple channels\fR +.sp +When you do import an audio stream which has more then two audio channels \- this is usually the case for AC3 audio \- transcode will automagically downmix to two channels (stereo)\&. You\'ll see line like +.sp +[transcode] A: downmix | 5 channels \-> 2 channels +.sp +This is done, because most encoders and audio filters can not handle more than 2 channels correctly\&. The PCM internal representation does not support more than two channels, audio will be downmixed to stereo +\fINo\fR +downmix will happen, if you use AC3 as the internal audio codec or use audio pass\-through\&. +.RE +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +The following command will read it\'s input from the DVD drive (I assume +\fI/dev/dvd\fR +is a symbolic link to the actual DVD device) and produce a splitted divx4 movie according to the chapter information on the DVD medium\&. The output files will be named +\fImy_movie\-ch00\&.avi\fR, +\fImy_movie\-ch01\&.avi\fR +\&.\&.\&. +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + \fB + transcode \-i /dev/dvd/ \-x dvd \-j 16,0 \-B 5,0 \-Y 40,8 \-s 4\&.47 \-U my_movie \-y xvid \-w 1618 + \fR + +.fi +.RE +.PP +Option +\fB\-j 16,0\fR +will be expanded to +\fB\-j 16,0,16,0\fR +and results in 16 rows from the top and the bottom of the image to be cut off\&. This may be usefull if the source consists of black top and bottom bars\&. +.PP +Option +\fB\-B 5,0\fR +tells +\fBtranscode\fR +to shrink the resulting image by 5*32=160 rows in height\&. +.PP +Option +\fB\-Y 40,8\fR +will be expanded to +\fB\-Y 40,8,40,8\fR +and tells +\fBtranscode\fR +to \&.\&.\&. +.PP +Option +\fB\-s 4\&.47\fR +tells +\fBtranscode\fR +to increase audio volume by a factor 4\&.47\&. +.PP +Option +\fB\-U my_movie\fR +tells +\fBtranscode\fR +to operate in chapter mode and produce output to files named +\fImy_movie\-ch00\&.avi\fR, +\fImy_movie\-ch01\&.avi\fR\&.\&.\&.\&. You can either merge the files afterwards with avimerge or add the option \-\-no_split to the command line\&. +.PP +Option +\fB\-y xvid\fR +tells +\fBtranscode\fR +to use the export module export_xvid\&.so which in turn uses the XviD encoder to encode the video\&. +.PP +Option +\fB\-w 1618\fR +tells +\fBtranscode\fR +to set the encoder bitrate to 1618 which is lower than the default of 1800 and results in smaller files with the loss of visual quality\&. +.PP +Lets assume that you have an NTSC DVD (720x480) and you want to make an NTSC\-SVCD +.RS 4 +The frame size of the DVD movie is 720x480 @ 16:9\&. For the purpose of frame resizing, the width 720 is not relavant (that is, it will not be used in the following reasoning)\&. It is not needed because the original frame size is really defined by the frame height and aspect ratio\&. The _final result_ should be 640x480, encoded as 480x480 @ 4:3 (the height 480 multiplied by the aspect ratio 4:3 gives the width 640)\&. This same frame size (640x480) can also be encoded as 640x360 @ 16:9 (the height 360 by the aspect ratio 16:9 gives the width 640)\&. +.sp +As the _original video_ has aspect ratio 16:9, first we resize to 640x360, keeping that aspect ratio\&. But the aspect ratio has to be changed to 4:3\&. To find the frame size in the new aspect ratio the height 360 is multiplied by the new aspect ratio, giving the width 480\&. This is accomplished with the transcode options "\fB\-\-export_asr\fR +2 \-Z 480x360,fast"\&. +.sp +To avoid stretching the video height in this change (because the new aspect ratio is less than the original), black borders should be added at the top and bottom of the video, bringing the frame to the desired 480x480 @ 4:3 size\&. The transcode option for this is "\-Y \-60,0,\-60,0"\&. +.sp +If for some reason (maybe a subtitle filter) the black borders (of height 60 each) should be added before resizing the frame and changing the aspect ratio to 4:3\&. One reason for that would be the need of running a _pre_ filter after adding the black borders\&. Then the options "\-j" or "\-\-pre_clip" can be used instead of "\-Y"\&. In this case the black border height has to be recalculated by applying the aspect ratio 4:3 to the value alreadyfound: 60 * (4/3) = 80\&. The transcode options "\-j \-80,0,\-80,0" or "\-\-pre_clip \-80,0,\-80,0" are then used instead of "\-Y \-60,0,\-60,0", and "\-Z 480x360,fast" is replaced by "\-Z 480x480,fast"\&. +.RE +.SH "AUTHORS" +.PP +Written by Thomas Oestreich <ostreich@theorie\&.physik\&.uni\-goettingen\&.de>, Tilmann Bitterberg and the Transcode\-Team +.PP +See the +\fIAUTHORS\fR +file for details\&. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP + +\fBtranscode_export\fR(1) +, +\fBtranscode_filter\fR(1) +, +\fBtranscode_import\fR(1) +, +\fBavifix\fR(1) +, +\fBavisync\fR(1) +, +\fBavimerge\fR(1) +, +\fBavisplit\fR(1) +, +\fBtcprobe\fR(1) +, +\fBtcscan\fR(1) +, +\fBtccat\fR(1) +, +\fBtcdemux\fR(1) +, +\fBtcextract\fR(1) +, +\fBtcdecode\fR(1) +, +\fBtcmodinfo\fR(1) +, +\fBtcxmlcheck\fR(1) +, +\fBtranscode\fR(1) +.SH "WWW" +.PP +Frequently asked questions (FAQ) at +\fI http://www\&.transcoding\&.org/cgi\-bin/transcode?Transcode_FAQ \fR\&[1] +Example transcode sessions at +\fI http://www\&.transcoding\&.org/cgi\-bin/transcode?Command_Examples \fR\&[1] +.SH "BUGS" +.PP +Yes, there are bugs in transcode! Do your part and report them immediately\&. +.PP +For details, see +\fI http://www\&.transcoding\&.org/cgi\-bin/transcode?Reporting_Problems \fR\&[1] +.SH "NOTES" +.IP " 1." 4 +http://www.mp3dev.org/mp3/doc/html/presets.html) +.RS 4 +\%a +.RE diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode.1.xml b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode.1.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4afe16a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode.1.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2612 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?> +<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"> + +<refentry id='transcode'> + + <refentryinfo> + <date>14th July 2008</date> + </refentryinfo> + + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>transcode</refentrytitle> + <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + <refmiscinfo class='date'>14th July 2008</refmiscinfo> + <refmiscinfo class='source'>transcode(1)</refmiscinfo> + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv id='name'> + <refname>transcode</refname> + <refpurpose>LINUX video stream processing tool</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <!-- body begins here --> + <refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'> + <cmdsynopsis> + <command>transcode</command> + <arg choice='plain'> + -i <replaceable>name</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + -o <replaceable>name</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + -y <replaceable>vmod,amod</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + -w <replaceable>vbitrate</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + <replaceable>,vkeyframes</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <replaceable>,vcrispness</replaceable> + </arg> + </arg> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + -a <replaceable>atrack</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <replaceable>,vtrack</replaceable> + </arg> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + -b <replaceable>abitrate</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + <replaceable>,is_vbr</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + <replaceable>,quality</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <replaceable>,mode</replaceable> + </arg> + </arg> + </arg> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + -M <replaceable>demuxer_mode</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + -F <replaceable>codec_string</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + <replaceable>other</replaceable> + </arg> + <arg choice='plain'> + <replaceable>options</replaceable> + </arg> + </arg> + </cmdsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1 id='quick_summary'> + <title>Quick Summary</title> + <para> + <command>transcode</command> supports a huge range of options, as described in detail in further + section. Only one option is mandatory: <option>-i name</option>, for supplying the input main + (video) source. All other options are discretionary and they can be skipped. + Most commonly needed options are <option>-o</option>, <option>-y</option>, <option>-w</option>, <option>-a</option>, <option>-b</option>, + <option>-M</option>, <option>-F</option> and a fair number of transcode session needs a little more than + those. See section below for full description of all transcode options. + To inspect the properties of a module, such as their parameters or the help text, use the 'tcmodinfo' tool. + </para> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='description'> + <title>Description</title> + <para> + <command>transcode</command> is a linux text-console utility for video stream + processing, running on a platform that supports shared libraries and + threads. + </para> + <para> + It supports a huge range of options, as described in detail in further + section. Only one option is mandatory: <option>-i name</option>, for supplying the input main + (video) source. All other options are discretionary and they can be skipped. + Most commonly needed options are <option>-o</option>, <option>-y</option>, <option>-w</option>, <option>-a</option>, <option>-b</option>, + <option>-M</option>, <option>-F</option> and a fair number of transcode session needs a little more than + those. See section below for full description of all transcode options. + </para> + <para> + Decoding and encoding is done by loading modules that are responsible + for feeding transcode with raw video/audio streams (import modules) + and encoding the frames (export modules). + </para> + <para> + It supports elementary video and audio frame transformations, + including de-interlacing or fast resizing of video frames and loading + of external filters. + </para> + <para> + A number of modules are included to enable import of DVDs on-the-fly, + MPEG elementary (ES) or program streams (VOB), MPEG video, Digital + Video (DV), YUV4MPEG streams, NuppelVideo file format, AVI + based codecs and raw or compressed (pass-through) video + frames and export modules for writing DivX;-), XviD, DivX + 4.xx/5.xx or uncompressed AVI and raw files with MPEG, AC3 + (pass-through) or PCM audio. + </para> + <para> + Additional export modules to write single frames (PPM) or YUV4MPEG + streams are available, as well as an interface import module to the + avifile library. + </para> + <para> + It's modular concept is intended to provide flexibility and easy user + extensibility to include other video/audio codecs or filetypes. A set + of tools is included to demux (tcdemux), extract (tcextract) and + decode (tcdecode) the sources into raw video/audio streams for import, + probing (tcprobe) and scanning (tcscan) your sources and to enable + post-processing of AVI files, fixing AVI file header information + (avifix), merging multiple files (avimerge), splitting large AVI + files (avisplit) to fit on a CD and avisync to correct + AV-offsyncs. + </para> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='options'> + <title>Options</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-A </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + use AC3 as internal audio codec [off]. Only pass-through supported. + </para> + + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-B </option> + <emphasis>n[,m[,M]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + resize to height-<emphasis>n</emphasis>*<emphasis>M</emphasis> rows [,width-<emphasis>m</emphasis>*<emphasis>M</emphasis>] columns [off,32]. <emphasis>M</emphasis> must be one of 8, 16 or 32. It makes no difference which M you use. You might look at the <emphasis>fast</emphasis> flag of the <option>-Z</option> option if you don not want to calculate <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>m</emphasis> yourself. + </para> + + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-C </option> + <emphasis>mode</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>enable anti-aliasing mode (1-3) [off].</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>de-interlace effects only</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>resize effects only</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>process full frame (slow)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-D </option> + <emphasis>num</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>sync video start with audio frame num [0].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-E </option> + <emphasis>r[,b[,c]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + audio output samplerate [Hz], bits per sample and channels [as input]. The option "-J resample" must be provided for export modules not capable of re-sampling. Samplerate and bits per sample can be specified as 0 to mean "same as input"; this allows converting from stereo to mono while leaving the other parameters alone (-E 0,0,1).</para> + + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-F </option> + <emphasis>codec_string</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + encoder parameter strings [module dependent]. The -F parameter has different meanings for different export modules. Those meanings are documented in <emphasis>transcode_export(1)</emphasis> manual page. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-G </option> + <emphasis>val</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Gamma correction (0.0-10.0) [off]. A value of 1.0 does not change anything. A value lower than 1.0 will make the picture "brighter", a value above 1.0 will make it "darker". + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-H </option> + <emphasis>n</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + auto-probe <emphasis>n</emphasis> MB of source (0=disable) default [1]. Use a higher value than the default to detect all subtitles in the VOB. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-I </option> + <emphasis>mode</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>enable de-interlacing mode (1-5) [off].</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>"interpolate scanlines"</emphasis> + linear interpolation (takes the average of the surronding even rows to determine the odd rows), and copies the even rows as is. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>"handled by encoder"</emphasis> + tells the encoding code to handle the fact that the frames are interlaced. Most codecs do not handle this. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>"zoom to full frame"</emphasis> + drops to to half size, then zooms out. This can cause excessive blurring which is not always unwanted. On the other hand results are quite good. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>"drop field / half height"</emphasis> + drop every other field and keep half height. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>5</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>"interpolate scanlines / blend frames"</emphasis> + linear blend (similar to -vop pp=lb in mplayer) this, like linear blend calculates the odd rows as the average of the surrounding even rows, and also calculates the even rows as an average of the original even rows and also calculates the even rows as an average of the original odd rows and averages the calculated and original rows. Something like avg (avg(row1,row3), avg(row2, row4)) + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-J </option> + <emphasis>filter1[,filter2[,...]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + apply external filter plugins [off]. The avalaible import modules and their options are documented into the <emphasis>transcode_filter(1)</emphasis> manual page. <emphasis>Note:</emphasis> You can specify more than one -J argument. The order of filter arguments specify in which order the filters are applied. Note also, for transcode internally it makes no difference whether you do "-J filter1 -J filter2" or "-J filter1,filter2". Use 'tcmodinfo -i <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>' to get more information about the filter_<emphasis>NAME</emphasis>. Not all filters support this but most of them do. Some of the filter plugins have additional documentation in the docs/ directory. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-L </option> + <emphasis>n</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + seek to VOB stream offset <emphasis>n</emphasis>x2kB default [0]. This option is usually calculated automatically when giving --nav_seek and -c. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-K </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + enable black/white by removing colors mode (grayscale) [off]. Please note this does not necessarily lead to a smaller image / better compression. For YUV mode, this is done by emptying the chroma planes, for RGB mode a weightend grayscale value is computed. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-M </option> + <emphasis>mode</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>demuxer PES AV sync modes (0-4) [1].</para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>Overview</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + The demuxer takes care that the right video frames go together with the right audio frame. This can sometimes be a complex task and transcode tries to aid you as much as possible. <emphasis>WARNING:</emphasis> It does make a difference if you (the user) specifies a demuxer to use or if transcode resp. tcprobe(1) chooses the one which it thinks is right for your material. This is done on purpose to avoid mystic side-effects. So think twice, wether you specify a demuxer or let transcode choose one or you might end up with an off-sync result. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>0</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Pass-through. Do not mess with the stream, switch off any synchronization/demuxing process. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + PTS only (default). Synchronize video and audio by inspecting PTS/DTS time stamps of audio and + video. Preferred mode for PAL VOB streams and DVDs. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + NTSC VOB stream synchronization feature. This mode generates synchronization information for transcode by analyzing the frame display time. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + (like -M 1): sync AV at initial PTS, but invokes "-D/--av_fine_ms" options internally based on "tcprobe" PTS analysis. PTS stands for Presentation Time Stamp. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + (like -M 2): initial PTS / enforce frame rate, with additional frame rate enforcement (for NTSC). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-N </option> + <emphasis>format</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + select export format. Default is mp3 for audio, and module-dependant format for video. This option has two different behaviours and accepts two different set of options, as side-effect of ongoing export module transition. For old-style modules (current default, as found in 1.0.x series), argument is audio format ID has hexadecimal value: see below for a list of recognized IDs. Default id, so default format for audio exported track, is MP3 (0x55). If you are using, the transcode's the new-style encode/multiplex modules (still under development, see the encode and multiplex directories), argument is a comma-separated pair of export format names. Use tcmodinfo tool to check out what new-style export module support what formats. + </para> + <para>Available format for old-style behaviour are:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>0x1</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>PCM uncompressed audio</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>0x50</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>MPEG layer-2 aka MP2</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>0x55</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + MPEG layer-3 aka MP3. Also have a look at --lame_preset + if you intend to do VBR audio.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>0x2000</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>AC3 audio</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>0xfffe</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>OGG/Vorbis audio</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-O </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>skip flushing of buffers at encoder stop [off, do flushing at each stop].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-P </option> + <emphasis>flag</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + pass-through flag (0=off|1=V|2=A|3=A+V) [0]. Pass-through for <emphasis>flag</emphasis> != 1 is broken and not a trivial thing to fix. + </para> + <para> + You can pass-through DV video, AVI files and MPEG2 video. When doing MPEG2 pass-through (together with the -y raw module), you can give a requantization factor by using -w (for example -w 1.5), this will make the MPEG2 stream smaller. + </para> + <para> + The pass-through mode is useful for reconstruction of a broken index of an AVI file. The -x ffmpeg import-module analyzes the compressed bitstream and can detect a keyframe for DIV3, MPEG4 (DivX, XviD, ..) and other formats. It then sets an internal flag which the export module will respect when writing the frame out. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-Q </option> + <emphasis>n[,m]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>encoding[,decoding] quality (0=fastest-5=best) [5,5].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-R </option> + <emphasis>n[,f1[,f2]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>enable multi-pass encoding (0-3) [0,divx4.log,pcm.log].</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>0</literal> Constant bitrate (CBR) encoding. [default] + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + The codec tries to achieve constant bitrate output. This means, each encoded frame is mostly the same size. This type of encoding can help in maintaining constant filling of hardware buffer on set top players or smooth streaming over networks. By the way, Constant bitrate is often obtained sacrifying quality during high motion scenes. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> Variable bitrate encoding: First pass. + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + In this mode, the codec analyses the complete sequence in order to collect data that can improve the distribution of bits in a second VBR pass. The collected data is written to second sub argument (default: divx4.log). This data is codec dependant and cannot be used across codecs. It is strongly advised to use the same codec settings for the VBR analysis pass and the VBR encoding pass if you want predictable results. + </para> + <para> + The video output of the first pass is not of much use and can grow very large. It's a good idea to not save the video output to a file but directly to /dev/null. Usually the bitrate is ignored during first pass. + </para> + <para> + Disabling audio export makes sense too, so use -y codec,null. It is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended to disable the audio <emphasis>import</emphasis> because transcode might drop video frames to keep audio and video in sync. This is not possible when the audio import is disabled. It may lead to the fact that the codec will see a different sequence of frames which effectively renders the log file invalid. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> Variable bitrate encoding: Second pass. + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + The first pass allowed the codec collecting data about the complete sequence. During the second pass, the codec will use that data in order to find an efficient bit distribution that respects both the desired bitrate and the natural bitrate curve shape. This ensures a good compromise between quality and desired bitrate. + </para> + <para> + Make sure you activate both sound and video encoding during this pass. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> Constant quantizer encoding. + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + The quantizer is the "compression level" of the picture. The lower the quantizer is, the higher is the quality of the picture. This mode can help in making sure the sequence is encoded at constant quality, but no prediction can be made on the final bitrate. When using this mode, the <option>-w</option> option changes its meaning, it now takes the quantizer ranging from 1 to 31. Note that constant quantizer encoding is not supported with some codecs (notably mpeg1/2/4 with -y ffmpeg). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-S </option> + <emphasis>unit[,s1-s2]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + process program stream unit[,s1-s2] sequences [0,all]. This option is a bit redundant to --psu*. This option lets you specify which units you want to have decoded or skipped. At a program stream unit boundary, all (internal) mpeg timers are reset to 0. tcprobe will tell you how many units are in one file. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-T </option> + <emphasis>t[,c[,a]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + select DVD title[,chapter[,angle]] [1,1,1]. Only a single chapter is transcoded. Use <option>-T</option> 1,-1 to trancode all chapters in a row. You can even specify chapter ranges. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-U </option> + <emphasis>base</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>process DVD in chapter mode to base-ch%02d.avi [off].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-V </option> + <emphasis>format</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + select video layout / colour space for internal processing. Possible values for this options are: yuv420p (default), yuv422p, rgb24 + </para> + <para> + yuv420p is default because it is most codecs' internal format so there is no need for conversions. Some modules may not support it though: use rgb in that case. + </para> + <para> + rgb24 is the old (pre-0.6.13) transcode internal format. Most codecs do not support this format natively and have to convert it to/from YUV first, so only use this option if you're really sure or you want to use a module that doesn't support YUV. + </para> + <para> + yuv422p is an experimental feature and a developers playground. Not many import, export and filter modules support this colorspace. A 4:2:2 colorspace offers much more quality than the consumer oriented 4:2:0 colorspaces like I420/YV12. Most equipment in film and video post-production uses YUV422. YUV422 doubles the precision for chroma (color difference) information in the image. + </para> + <para> + All internal transformations are supported in YUV422 mode (clipping, flipping, zooming, etc). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-W </option> + <emphasis>n,m[,nav_file]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + autosplit and process part <emphasis>n</emphasis> of <emphasis>m</emphasis> (VOB only) [off] + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-X </option> + <emphasis>n[,m,[M]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + resize to height+<emphasis>n</emphasis>*<emphasis>M</emphasis> rows [,width+<emphasis>m</emphasis>*<emphasis>M</emphasis>] columns [off,32]. M must be one of 8, 16 or 32. It makes no difference which M you use. You might look at the <emphasis>fast</emphasis> flag of the <option>-Z</option> option if you do not want to calculate <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>m</emphasis> yourself. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-Y </option> + <emphasis>top[,left[,bottom[,right]]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + select (encoder) frame region by clipping border. Negative values add a border [off]. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-Z </option> + <emphasis>widthxheight[,fast|interlaced]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + resize to <emphasis>width</emphasis> columns, <emphasis>height</emphasis> rows with filtering [off,notfast,notinterlaced]. If <emphasis>fast</emphasis> is given, transcode will calculate the parameters for <option>-X</option> and/or <option>-B</option>. The file <option>fast</option> can only be used when the import and export geometry of an image is a multiple of 8. + </para> + <para> + In fast mode, a faster but less precise resizing algorithm will be used resulting in a slightly less good quality. Beside this (small) drawback, it is worth a try. + </para> + <para> + If <emphasis>interlaced</emphasis> is given, transcode will assume the frame is interlaced when resizing, and resize each field independently. This will give better results on interlaced video, but is incompatible with fast mode. Also, the height (both old and new) must be a multiple of 4. + </para> + <para> + It is also possible to omit <emphasis>width</emphasis> OR <emphasis>height</emphasis>. In this case, transcode will calculate the missing value using the import aspect ratio. The new value will be aligned to be a multiple of 8. Using an additional <emphasis>fast</emphasis> or <emphasis>interlaced</emphasis> is also possible. + </para> + <para>Examples (assume input is a 16:9 coded file at 720x576):</para> + <literallayout> + -Z 576x328 uses filtered zoom. + -Z 576x328,fast uses fast zoom. + -Z 576x,fast guess 328 and do fast zoom. + -Z x328,interlaced guess 576 and do interlaced zoom. + </literallayout> + <para> + If you also set <option>--export_prof</option>, you can use just "fast" to indicate that fast resizing is wanted (likewise with "interlaced"). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-a </option> + <emphasis>ach[,vch]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>extract audio[,video] track for encoding.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-b </option> + <emphasis>b[,v,[q,[m]]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>audio encoder bitrate kBits/s[,vbr[,quality[,mode]]] [128,0,5,0]</para> + <para> + The <emphasis>mode</emphasis> parameter specifies which modus lame should use for encoding. Available modes are: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>0</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Joint Stereo (default)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Full stereo</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Mono</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-c </option> + <emphasis>f1-f2[,f3-f4[, ... ] ]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + encode only frames <emphasis>f1-f2</emphasis> [and <emphasis>f3-f4</emphasis>]. Default is to encode all available frames. Use this and you'll get statistics about remaining encoding time. The <emphasis>f[N]</emphasis> parameters may also be timecodes in the HH:MM:SS.FRAME format. Example: + </para> + <literallayout> + -c 500-0:5:01,:10:20-1:18:02.1 + </literallayout> + <para> + Will encode only from frame 500 to 5 minutes and 1 second and from 10 min, 20 sec to 1 hour, 18 min, 2 sec and one frame. + </para> + <para> + Note that transcode starts counting frames at <literal>0</literal> and excludes the last frame specified. That means that "<option>-c</option> 0-100" will encoded 100 frames starting at frame <literal>0</literal> up to frame <literal>99</literal> + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-d </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + swap bytes in audio stream [off]. In most cases, DVD PCM audio tracks require swapping of audio bytes + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-e </option> + <emphasis>r[,b[,c]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + PCM audio stream parameter. Sample rate [Hz], bits per sample and number of channels [48000,16,2]. Normally this is autodetected. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-f </option> + <emphasis>rate[,frc]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + import video frame rate[,frc] [25.000,0]. If <emphasis>frc</emphasis> (frame rate code) is specified, transcode will calculate the precise frames per second internally. Valid values for <emphasis>frc</emphasis> are: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>23.976 (24000/1001.0)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>24</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>25</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>29.970 (30000/1001.0)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>5</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>30</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>6</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>50</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>7</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>59.940 (2 * 29.970)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>8</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>60</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>9</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>1</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>10</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>5</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>11</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>10</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>12</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>12</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>13</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>15</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-g </option> + <emphasis>WidthxHeight</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>video stream frame size [720x576].</para> + + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-h</option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>print out usage information.</para> + + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-i </option> + <emphasis>name</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>input file/directory/device/mountpoint/host name, default is [/dev/zero].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-j </option> + <emphasis>top[,left[,bottom[,right]]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>select frame region by clipping border. Negative values add a border [off].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-k </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>swap red/blue (Cb/Cr) in video frame [off]. Use if people have blue faces.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-l </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>mirror video frame [off].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-m </option> + <emphasis>file</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>write audio stream to separate file [off].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-n </option> + <emphasis>0xnn</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>import audio format id [0x2000]. Normally, this is autodetected.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-o </option> + <emphasis>file</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>output file name, default is [/dev/null].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-p </option> + <emphasis>file</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>read audio stream from separate file [off].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-q </option> + <emphasis>debuglevel</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>possible values for debuglevel:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>0</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>QUIET</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>INFO</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>DEBUG</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>STATS</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>8</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>WATCH</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>16</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>FLIST</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>32</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>VIDCORE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>64</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>SYNC</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>128</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>COUNTER</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>256</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>PRIVATE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-r </option> + <emphasis>n[,m]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + reduce video height/width by n[,m] [off]. Example: <option>-r</option> 2 will rescale the framesize of a 720x576 file to 360x288. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-s </option> + <emphasis>gain,[center,[front,[rear]]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + increase volume of audio stream by gain,[center,front,rear] default [off,1,1,1]. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-t </option> + <emphasis>n,base</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + split output to <emphasis>base</emphasis>%03d.avi with <emphasis>n</emphasis> frames [off]. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-u </option> + <emphasis>m[,n]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + use <emphasis>m</emphasis> framebuffer[,<emphasis>n</emphasis> threads] for AV processing [10,1]. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-v </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>print version.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-w </option> + <emphasis>b[,k[,c]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + encoder bitrate[,keyframes[,crispness]] [(6000 for MPEG 1/2, 1800 for others),250,100]. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--video_max_bitrate </option> + <emphasis>b</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Use <emphasis>b</emphasis> as maximal bitrate (kbps) when encoding variable bitrate streams. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-x </option> + <emphasis>vmod[,amod]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + video[,audio] import modules [auto,auto]. If omitted, transcode will probefor appropriate import modules. The avalaible import modules and their options are documented into the <emphasis>transcode_import(1)</emphasis> manual page. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>-y </option> + <emphasis>vmod[,amod[,mmod]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + video[,audio[,multiplex]] export modules [null]. If omitted, transcode will encode to the <emphasis>null</emphasis> module. If a multiplex module is given, transcode will use the new-style encode/multiplex modules (still under development, see the encode and multiplex directories); if no multiplex module is given, the traditional export modules will be used. The avalaible export, encoder and multiplexor modules and their options are documented into the <emphasis>transcode_export(1)</emphasis> manual page. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--accel </option> + <emphasis>type</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + enforce experimental IA32 acceleration for type [autodetect]. <emphasis>type</emphasis> may be one of + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>C</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>No acceleration</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>ia32asm</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>plain x86 assembly</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>mmx</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>MMX instruction set</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>3dnow</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>3DNow! instruction set</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>sse</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>SSE instruction set</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>sse2</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>SSE2 instruction set</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--avi_limit </option><emphasis>N</emphasis><emphasis></emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>split/rotate output AVI file after N MB [2048].</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--avi_comments </option> + <emphasis>F</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Read AVI header comments from file <filename>F</filename> [off]. The AVI file format supports so-called tomb-stone data. It can be used to write annotations into the AVI file. + </para> + <para> + See the file <filename>docs/avi_comments.txt</filename> for a sample input file with all tags. When the file is read, empty lines and lines starting with '#' are ignored. The syntax is: "TAG<space>STRING". The order of the tags does not matter. If a tag has no string following it, it is ignored. That means, you can use the file docs/avi_comments.txt as input and only fill out the fields you want. + </para> + <para>A very simple example is:</para> + <literallayout> + ----------------snip---------------- + INAM My 1st Birthday + ISBJ My first steps! + IART My proud family + ----------------snip---------------- + </literallayout> + <para> + Keep in mind that there is no endless space in the AVI header, most likely its around 1000 bytes. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--zoom_filter </option> + <emphasis>string</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + use filter string for video resampling <option>-Z</option> [Lanczos3] The following filters are available: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bell</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Box</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lanczos3 (default)</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Mitchell</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Hermite</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>B_spline</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Triangle</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Cubic_Keys4</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Sinc8</term> + <listitem><para></para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--cluster_percentage </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>use percentage mode for cluster encoding <option>-W</option>> [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--cluster_chunks </option> + <emphasis>a-b</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>process chunk range instead of selected chunk [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--export_asr </option> + <emphasis>C</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + set export aspect ratio code <emphasis>C</emphasis> [as input] Valid codes for <emphasis>C</emphasis> are: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>1:1</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>4:3</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>16:9</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>2.21:1</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--export_prof </option> + <emphasis>S</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + WARNING: this option will be renamed as <option>--export_profile</option> in future releases. + </para> + <para> + Select an export profile {vcd, svcd, xvcd, dvd} [-pal|-ntsc|-secam]. Default is no profile. + </para> + <para> + If you set this meta option to one of the values below, transcode will adjust some internal paramaters as well as geometry and clipping. If no export modules are specified, mpeg2enc for video and mp2enc for audio are used when compiled with mjpegtools support. + </para> + <para> + Valid values for <emphasis>S</emphasis> are e.g. vcd, vcd-pal, vcd-ntsc, svcd, svcd-pal, ... + </para> + <para> + xvcd profile is equal to svcd except that it allows for up to 9000 Kbps video bitrate (default is 5000) and arbitrary audio samplerate. + </para> + <para> + When one of the above is used, transcode will calculate the needed clipping and resizing values for you based on the import and export aspect ratio. This is especially handy if you want to encode a 16:9 DVD into a 4:3 SVCD for example. Transcode internally then sets --pre_clip to add the black bars ("letterboxing"). + </para> + <para> + If you use "vcd" instead of "vcd-pal" or "vcd-ntsc", transcode will make an educated guess if PAL or NTSC vcd is wanted. The same is true for the other profiles. When the input file has no aspect ratio information at all, transcode guesses it based on the import frame sizes. You can set the import aspect ratio by giving <option>--import_asr</option> CODE. + </para> + <para>Examples (assume input is a 16:9 coded file at 720x576 (PAL)):</para> + <literallayout> + --export_prof svcd clip top/bot -96; resizes to 480x576 + --export_prof vcd-ntsc clip top/bot -96; resizes to 352x240 + </literallayout> + <para> + This enables simpilified commandlines where transcode tries to set sensible values for mpeg export. When you don't specify an export module with -y, mpeg2enc will be used. + </para> + <literallayout> + transcode -i vob/ --export_prof svcd -Z fast -o test + </literallayout> + <para> + The ffmpeg export module `-y ffmpeg' does support profiles as well. The module tries to be smart and sets internal ffmpeg parameters which are otherwise quite tricky to find out. Usage is similar to the above. + </para> + <literallayout> + transcode -i vob/ --export_prof dvd -y ffmpeg -o test -m test.ac3 + tcmplex -m d -i test.m2v -p test.ac3 -o test.mpg + </literallayout> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--export_par </option> + <emphasis>C[,N]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + set export pixel aspect ratio to <emphasis>C</emphasis>[,<emphasis>N</emphasis>]. To encode anamorphic material, transcode can encode the target pixel aspect ratio into the file. This is NOT the actual aspect ratio of the image, but only the amount by which every single pixel is stretched when played with an aspect ratio aware application, like mplayer. + </para> + <para> + To encode at non standard aspect ratios, set both <emphasis>C</emphasis> and <emphasis>N</emphasis>. E.g. to make every pixel twice as high as it's wide (e.g. to scale back to normal size after deinterlacing by dropping every second line). + </para> + <para> + If <emphasis>C</emphasis> and <emphasis>N</emphasis> are specified, the value set for <emphasis>C</emphasis> does give the pixel aspect ratio of the width and <emphasis>N</emphasis> the one for the height. If only <emphasis>C</emphasis> is specified, the table below applies. + </para> + <para>Valid codes for <emphasis>C</emphasis> are</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>1:1 No stretching</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>12:11 5:4 image to 4:3 (ex: 720x576 -> 768x576)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>10:11 3:2 image to 4:3 (ex: 720x480 -> 640x480)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>16:11 5:4 image to 16:9 (ex: 720x576 -> 1024x576)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>5</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>40:33 3:2 image to 16:9 (ex: 720x480 -> 872x480)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--import_asr </option> + <emphasis>C</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + set import aspect ratio code <emphasis>C</emphasis> [autoprobed] + </para> + <para>Valid codes for <emphasis>C</emphasis> are</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>1:1</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>4:3</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>16:9</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>2.21:1</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--keep_asr </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>try to keep aspect ratio (only with -Z) [off]</para> + <para> + The <option>--keep_asr</option> options changes the meaning of <option>-Z</option>. It tries to fit the video into a framesize specified by <option>-Z</option> by keeping the <emphasis>original</emphasis> aspect ratio. + </para> + <literallayout> + +----------------+ +---480-----+ + | | | black | + |720x306 = 2.35:1| -> -Z 480x480 --keep_asr ->|-----------4 + | | | 480x204 8 + +----------------+ |-----------0 + | black | + +-----------+ + </literallayout> + <para> + Consider <option>--keep_asr</option> a wrapper for calculating <option>-Y</option> options and <option>-Z</option> options. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--mplayer_probe </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + use external mplayer binary to probe stream, reset default import modules as mplayer ones [off]. Default is to use internal probing code. Using this option without mplayer import modules (<option>-x</option> mplayer) can lead to unpredictable and possibly wrong results. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--quantizers </option> + <emphasis>min,max</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + set encoder min/max quantizer. This is meaningfull only for video codecs of MPEG family. For other kind of codecs, this options is harmless. [2,31] + </para> + + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--divx_rc </option> + <emphasis>p,rp,rr</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>divx encoder rate control parameter [2000,10,20]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--divx_vbv_prof </option> + <emphasis>N</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + divx5 encoder VBV profile (0=free-5=hiqhq) [3]. Sets a predefined profile for the Video Bitrate Verifier. If <emphasis>N</emphasis> is set to zero, no profile is applied and the user specified values from <option>--divx_vbv</option> are used. + </para> + <para>Valid profiles</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>0</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Free/No profile ( Use supplied values )</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Handheld ( 320, 16, 3072 )</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Portable ( 1920, 64, 12288 )</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>Home Theatre ( 10000, 192, 36864 )</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>High Definition ( 20000, 384, 73728 )</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--divx_vbv </option> + <emphasis>br,sz,oc</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + divx5 encoder VBV params (bitrate,size,occup.) [10000,192,36864] These parameters are normally set through the profile parameter <option>--divx_vbv_prof</option>. Do not mess with theses value unless you are absolutely sure of what you are doing. Transcode internally multiplicates vbv_bitrate with 400, vbv_size with 16384 and vbv_occupancy with 64 to ensure the supplied values are multiples of what the encoder library wants. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--export_fps </option> + <emphasis>rate[,frc]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>set export frame rate (and code) [as input].Valid values + for <emphasis>frc</emphasis> are + </para> + <para>frc rate</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>1</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>23.976 (24000/1001.0)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>2</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>24</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>3</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>25</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>4</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>29.970 (30000/1001.0)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>5</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>30</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>6</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>50</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>7</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>59.940 (2 * 29.970)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>8</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>60</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>9</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>1</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>10</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>5</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>11</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>10</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>12</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>12</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>13</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>15</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--export_frc </option> + <emphasis>F</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + set export frame rate code <emphasis>F</emphasis> [as input]. <emphasis>Obsolete</emphasis>, use <option>--export_fps</option> 0,F + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--hard_fps </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + disable smooth dropping (for variable fps clips) [off]. See /docs/framerate.txt for more information. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--pulldown </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>set MPEG 3:2 pulldown flags on export [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--antialias_para </option> + <emphasis>w,b</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>center pixel weight, xy-bias [0.333,0.500]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--no_audio_adjust </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>disable internal audio frame sample adjustment [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--no_bitreservoir </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>disable lame bitreservoir for MP3 encoding [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--config_dir </option> + <emphasis>dir</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Assume config files are in this <emphasis>dir</emphasis>. This only affects the -y ffmpeg and -y xvid4 modules. It gives the path where the modules search for their configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--lame_preset </option> + <emphasis>name[,fast]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + use lame preset with <emphasis>name</emphasis> [off]. Lame features some built-in presets. Those presets are designed to provide the highest possible quality. They have for the most part been subject to and tuned via rigorous listening tests to verify and achieve this objective. These are continually updated to coincide with the latest developments that occur and as a result should provide you with nearly the best quality currently possible from LAME. Any of those VBR presets can also be used in fast mode, using the new vbr algorithm. This mode is faster, but its quality could be a little lower. To enable the fast mode, append "<emphasis>,fast</emphasis>" + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis><N kbps></emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Using this preset will usually give you good quality at a specified bitrate. Depending on the bitrate entered, this preset will determine the optimal settings for that particular situation. While this approach works, it is not nearly as flexible as VBR, and usually will not reach the same quality level as VBR at higher bitrates. ABR. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>medium</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This preset should provide near transparency to most people on most music. The resulting bitrate should be in the 150-180kbps range, according to music complexity. VBR. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>standard</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This preset should generally be transparent to most people on most music and is already quite high in quality. The resulting bitrate should be in the 170-210kbps range, according to music complexity. VBR. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>extreme</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + If you have extremely good hearing and similar equipment, this preset will provide slightly higher quality than the "standard" mode. The resulting bitrate should be in the 200-240kbps range, according to music complexity. VBR. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>insane</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This preset will usually be overkill for most people and most situations, but if you must have the absolute highest quality with no regard to filesize, this is the way to go. This preset is the highest preset quality available. 320kbps CBR. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + (taken from <ulink url="a">http://www.mp3dev.org/mp3/doc/html/presets.html)</ulink> + </term> + <listitem> + <para></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--av_fine_ms </option> + <emphasis>t</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + AV fine-tuning shift <emphasis>t</emphasis> in millisecs [autodetect] also see -D. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--nav_seek </option> + <emphasis>file</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + use VOB or AVI navigation file [off]. Generate a nav file with tcdemux -W >nav_log for VOB files or with aviindex(1) for AVI files. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--psu_mode </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + process VOB in PSU, -o is a filemask incl. %d [off]. PSU means Program Stream Unit and this mode is useful for (mostly) NTSC DVDs which have several program stream units. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--psu_chunks </option> + <emphasis>a-b</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + process only selected units <emphasis>a-b</emphasis> for PSU mode [all] + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--no_split </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + encode to single file in chapter/psu/directory mode [off]. If you don't give this option, you'll end up with several files in one of the above mentioned modes. It is still possible to merge them with avimerge(1). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--multi_input </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>(EXPERIMENTAL)</emphasis> enable multiple input mode: intelligently join input files in import. The inputs can be expressed using standard POSIX globbing. While theorically all input modules are supported, it is safe to use this only when dealing with constant-sized audio (PCM) and intra-frame only video codecs (es: MJPEG). To be safe, use this mode with im, ffmpeg and raw import modules. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--pre_clip </option> + <emphasis>t[,l[,b[,r]]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>select initial frame region by clipping border [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--post_clip </option> + <emphasis>t[,l[,b[,r]]]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>select final frame region by clipping border [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--a52_drc_off </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + disable liba52 dynamic range compression [enabled]. If you dont specify this option, liba52 will provide the default behaviour, which is to apply the full dynamic range compression as specified in the A/52 stream. This basically makes the loud sounds softer, and the soft sounds louder, so you can more easily listen to the stream in a noisy environment without disturbing anyone. + </para> + <para> + If you let it enabled this this will totally disable the dynamic range compression and provide a playback more adapted to a movie theater or a listening room. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--a52_demux </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>demux AC3/A52 to separate channels [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--a52_dolby_off </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + disable liba52 dolby surround [enabled]. Selects whether the output is plain stereo (if the option is set) or if it is Dolby Pro Logic - also called Dolby surround or 3:1 - downmix (if the option is not used). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--log_no_color </option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + disable colored log messages. By default transcode use colors in log messages in order to easily distinguish message classes. That behaviour can be problematic if output of transcode is a file or a pipe, so this option came handful. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--dir_mode </option> + <emphasis>base</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>process directory contents to base-%03d.avi [off]</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--frame_interval </option> + <emphasis>N</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + select only every <emphasis>N</emphasis>th frame to be exported [1] + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--encode_fields </option> + <emphasis>C</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + enable field based encoding (if supported) [off]. This option takes an argument if given to denote the order of fields. If the option is not given, it defaults to progressive (do not assume the picture is interlaced) + </para> + <para> + Valid codes for <emphasis>C</emphasis> are: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>p</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>progressive (default)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>t</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>top-field first</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>b</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>bottom-field first</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--dv_yuy2_mode, --dv_yv12_mode</option> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Indicates that libdv decodes Digital Video frames in YUY2 (packed) or YV12 (planar) mode, respectively. Normally transcode figures out the correct mode automatically, but if you try to transcode PAL DV files and the results look strange, try one of these options. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--write_pid </option> + <emphasis>file</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + write pid of signal thread to <emphasis>file</emphasis> [off]. Enables you to terminate transcode cleanly by sending a SIGINT (2) to the pid in <emphasis>file</emphasis>. Please note <emphasis>file</emphasis> will be overwritten. Usage example + </para> + <literallayout> + $ transcode ... --write_pid /tmp/transcode.pid & + $ kill -2 `cat /tmp/transcode.pid` + </literallayout> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--nice </option> + <emphasis>N</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + set niceness to <emphasis>N</emphasis> [off]. The option --nice which renices transcode to the given positive or negative value. -10 sets a high priority; +10 a low priority. This might be useful for cluster mode. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--progress_meter </option> + <emphasis>N</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + select type of progress meter [1]. Selects the type of progress message printed by transcode: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>0</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>no progress meter</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>1</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>standard progress meter</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>2</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>raw progress data (written to standard output)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <para> + Scripts that need progress data should use type 2, since the format of type 1 is subject to change without notice. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--progress_rate </option> + <emphasis>N</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + print progress every <emphasis>N</emphasis> frames [1]. Controls how frequently the status message is printed (every <emphasis>N</emphasis> frames). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>--socket </option> + <emphasis>FILE</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + Open a socket to accept commands while running. See <emphasis>tcmodinfo(1)</emphasis> and /docs/filter-socket.txt for more information about the protocol. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='environment'> + <title>ENVIRONMENT</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <emphasis>TRANSCODE_LOG_NO_COLOR</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>if set, forces the colored logging off for all the tools of transcode suite.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='notes'> + <title>Notes</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para>Most source material parameter are auto-detected.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para>Clipping region options are expanded symmetrically. Examples:</para> + <para>-j 80 will be expanded to -j 80,0,80,0</para> + <para>-j 80,8 will be expanded to -j 80,8,80,8</para> + <para>-j 80,8,10 will be expanded to -j 80,8,10,8</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para>maximum image size is 1920x1088.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The video frame operations ordering is fixed: "-j -I -X -B -Z -Y -r -z -l -k -K -G -C" (executed from left to right). + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Shrinking the image with '-B' is not possible if the image width/height is not a multiple of 8, 16 or 32. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Expanding the image with '-X' is not possible if the image width/height is not a multiple of 8, 16 or 32. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The final frame width/height should be a multiple of 8. (to avoid encoding problems with some codecs) + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>1.</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Reducing the video height/width by 2,4,8 Option '-r factor' can be used to shrink the video image by a constant factor, this factor can be 2,4 or 8. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>2.</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Clipping and changing the aspect ratio <command>transcode</command> uses 3 steps to produce the input image for the export modules + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>1.</term> + <listitem> + <para>Clipping of the input image.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>2.</term> + <listitem> + <para>Changing the aspect ratio of the 1) output.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>3.</term> + <listitem> + <para>Clipping of the 2) output.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>Bits per pixel</emphasis> + (bits/pixel) is a value transcode calculates and prints when starting up. It is mainly useful when encoding to MPEG4 (xvid, divx, etc). You'll see line like + </para> + <para>[transcode] V: bits/pixel | 0.237</para> + <para> + Simplified said, bits/pixel quantifies how good an encode will be. Although this value depends heavily on the used input material, as a general rule of thump it can be said that values greater or close to 0.2 will result in good encodes, encodes with values less than 0.15 will have noticeable artifacts. + </para> + <para> + <emphasis>Bits per pixel</emphasis> + depends on the resolution, bitrate and frames per second. If you have a low value ( < 0.15), you might want to raise the bitrate or encode at a lower resolution. The exact formula is + </para> + <literallayout> + bitrate*1000 + bpp = ------------------ + width*height*fps + </literallayout> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>*</term> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>AC3 / Multiple channels</emphasis> + </para> + <para> + When you do import an audio stream which has more then two audio channels - this is usually the case for AC3 audio - transcode will automagically downmix to two channels (stereo). You'll see line like + </para> + <para>[transcode] A: downmix | 5 channels -> 2 channels</para> + <para> + This is done, because most encoders and audio filters can not handle more than 2 channels correctly. The PCM internal representation does not support more than two channels, audio will be downmixed to stereo <emphasis>No</emphasis> downmix will happen, if you use AC3 as the internal audio codec or use audio pass-through. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='examples'> + <title>Examples</title> + <para> + The following command will read it's input from the DVD drive (I assume <filename>/dev/dvd</filename> is a symbolic link to the actual DVD device) and produce a splitted divx4 movie according to the chapter information on the DVD medium. The output files will be named <emphasis>my_movie-ch00.avi</emphasis>, <emphasis>my_movie-ch01.avi</emphasis> ... + </para> + <literallayout> + <userinput> + transcode -i /dev/dvd/ -x dvd -j 16,0 -B 5,0 -Y 40,8 -s 4.47 -U my_movie -y xvid -w 1618 + </userinput> + </literallayout> + <para> + Option <option>-j 16,0</option> will be expanded to <option>-j 16,0,16,0</option> and results in 16 rows from the top and the bottom of the image to be cut off. This may be usefull if the source consists of black top and bottom bars. + </para> + <para> + Option <option>-B 5,0</option> tells <command>transcode</command> to shrink the resulting image by 5*32=160 rows in height. + </para> + <para> + Option <option>-Y 40,8</option> will be expanded to <option>-Y 40,8,40,8</option> and tells <command>transcode</command> to ... + </para> + <para> + Option <option>-s 4.47</option> tells <command>transcode</command> to increase audio volume by a factor 4.47. + </para> + <para> + Option <option>-U my_movie</option> tells <command>transcode</command> to operate in chapter mode and produce output to files named <emphasis>my_movie-ch00.avi</emphasis>, <emphasis>my_movie-ch01.avi</emphasis>.... You can either merge the files afterwards with avimerge or add the option --no_split to the command line. + </para> + <para> + Option <option>-y xvid</option> tells <command>transcode</command> to use the export module export_xvid.so which in turn uses the XviD encoder to encode the video. + </para> + <para> + Option <option>-w 1618</option> tells <command>transcode</command> to set the encoder bitrate to 1618 which is lower than the default of 1800 and results in smaller files with the loss of visual quality. + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lets assume that you have an NTSC DVD (720x480) and you want to make an NTSC-SVCD</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The frame size of the DVD movie is 720x480 @ 16:9. For the purpose of frame resizing, the width 720 is not relavant (that is, it will not be used in the following reasoning). It is not needed because the original frame size is really defined by the frame height and aspect ratio. The _final result_ should be 640x480, encoded as 480x480 @ 4:3 (the height 480 multiplied by the aspect ratio 4:3 gives the width 640). This same frame size (640x480) can also be encoded as 640x360 @ 16:9 + (the height 360 by the aspect ratio 16:9 gives the width + 640). + </para> + <para> + As the _original video_ has aspect ratio 16:9, first we resize to 640x360, keeping that aspect ratio. But the aspect ratio has to be changed to 4:3. To find the frame size in the new aspect ratio the height 360 is multiplied by the new aspect ratio, giving the width 480. This is accomplished with the transcode options "<option>--export_asr</option> 2 -Z 480x360,fast". + </para> + <para> + To avoid stretching the video height in this change (because the new aspect ratio is less than the original), black borders should be added at the top and bottom of the video, bringing the frame to the desired 480x480 @ 4:3 size. The transcode option for this is "-Y -60,0,-60,0". + </para> + <para> + If for some reason (maybe a subtitle filter) the black borders (of height 60 each) should be added before resizing the frame and changing the aspect ratio to 4:3. One reason for that would be the need of running a _pre_ filter after adding the black borders. Then the options "-j" or "--pre_clip" can be used instead of "-Y". In this case the black border height has to be recalculated by applying the aspect ratio 4:3 to the value alreadyfound: 60 * (4/3) = 80. The transcode options "-j -80,0,-80,0" or "--pre_clip -80,0,-80,0" are then used instead of "-Y -60,0,-60,0", and "-Z 480x360,fast" is replaced by "-Z 480x480,fast". + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='authors'> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + Written by Thomas Oestreich <ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de>, + Tilmann Bitterberg and the Transcode-Team + </para> + <para> + See the <emphasis>AUTHORS</emphasis> file for details. + </para> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='see_also'> + <title>See Also</title> + <para> + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>transcode_export</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>transcode_filter</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>transcode_import</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>avifix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>avisync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>avimerge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>avisplit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcprobe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcscan</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tccat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcdemux</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcextract</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcdecode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcmodinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcxmlcheck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>transcode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + </para> + <!-- .br --> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='www'> + <title>WWW</title> + <para> + Frequently asked questions (FAQ) at + <ulink url='a'> + http://www.transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode?Transcode_FAQ + </ulink> + Example transcode sessions at + <ulink url='a'> + http://www.transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode?Command_Examples + </ulink> + </para> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='bugs'> + <title>Bugs</title> + <para> + Yes, there are bugs in transcode! + Do your part and report them immediately. + </para> + <para> + For details, see + <ulink url='a'> + http://www.transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode?Reporting_Problems + </ulink> + </para> + </refsect1> +</refentry> + diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_export.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_export.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f4d9836 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_export.1 @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +.TH transcode export modules 1 "3th February 2008" "transcode_export(1)" +.SH NAME +transcode \- export modules collection +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B transcode -y module[,module[,module]] [other options] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtranscode\fP is Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Thomas Oestreich, 2003-2004 Tilmann +Bitterberg, 2004-2010 Transcode Team +.SH ENCODER PARAMETERS STRING + +Module-dependent parameters can be passed to encoder using the -F transcode(1) option: + +.RS 4 +.B transcode \-F \fIcodec_string\fP +.RE + +Those parameters tune the general behaviour of the export module. More specific settings can fine-tune the +export settings. Those settings are passed to export modules through \fBmodule options\fP or through +the \fBmodule configuration file\fP; both configuration file and options can be present at same time: +in that case, the options overrides the configuration file. Passing option strings to export modules +is done like to pass options to filter modules: +The syntax is: + +.RS 4 +.B transcode \-y vmod=options,amod=options +.RE + +see transcode_filter(1) for full reference and examples. + +The \-F parameter has different meanings for different export modules, as documented on section below. +.br + +.SH ENCODER MODULES PARAMETERS + +.TP +\fIffmpeg\fP: + The codec String for the codec you want to encode. Example values are -F mpeg4 or -F mpeg1video or -F huffyuv. To get a list of valid codecs, use -F list + +.TP +\fIim\fP: + The name of the image format you want to export. Example values are '-F jpg' (default) or '-F png' or -F 'gif'. With -F jpg, -w gives quality in percent. With -F png, the first digit of -w gives compression level, the second one gives quality, so -w 95 selects best compression level (9) and 5 means PNG adaptive filtering. + +.TP +\fIjpg\fP: + The quality of the JPEG encode in percent. Example values are '-F 75' (default) or '-F 100' + +.TP +\fImov\fP: + Syntax: -F "<vcodec>,<acodec>[,<parameters>]" + <vcodec> = Videocodec to encode with. Default: "mjpa" + <acodec> = Audiocodec to encode with. Default: "ima4" + <parameters> = A comma seperated list of parameters + to be passed to the codec. + +Note: You can use "list" instead of a video/audiocodec or parameter to get a list of supported options. + +.TP +\fImpeg\fP: + Syntax: -F "<base-profile>[,<resizer-mode>[,user-profile]]" + <base-profile> can be one of + '1' = MPEG 1 (default) + 'b' = big MPEG 1 (experimental) + 'v' = VCD + 's' = SVCD + '2' = MPEG2 + 'd' = DVD compliant + <resizer-mode> can be one of + 0 = disable resizer (default) + 1 = 352x288 + 2 = 480x480 + 3 = 480x576 + 4 = 352x240 + <user-profile> is a filename of the profile file. You can either specify the absolute path to the file or if you transcode will look for it in the directory where you started transcode. + +.TP +\fImpeg2enc\fP: + Syntax: -F "<base-profile>[,<options_string>]" + <base-profile> can be one of + '0' = Generic MPEG1 (default) + '1' = Standard VCD + '2' = User VCD + '3' = Generic MPEG2 + '4' = Standard SVCD + '5' = User SVCD + '6' = Manual parameter mode + '8' = DVD + <options_string> will be passed down to mpeg2enc untouched by transcode. Have a look at the manpage for mpeg2enc. + +.TP +\fIraw\fP: + The name of the image format to use for uncompressed video. Examples are I420 (YUV 4:2:0 planar), YV12 (the same thing with U and V reversed), or UYVY (YUV 4:2:2 packed). Use "-F help" to get a list of formats. + +.SH EXPORT MODULES +If no module is specified through the \fI-y\fP option, transcode will use +the \fInull\fP module for both audio and video export. If a multiplex module +is given, by giving \fBthree\fP export module names instead the usual two, +transcode will use the new-style encode/multiplex modules (still under development, +see the encode and multiplex directories); if no multiplex module is given, +the traditional export modules will be used. +.br +To see what export modules are avalaible for your transcode installation, do a + +.RS 4 +.B ls -1 $( tcmodinfo -p )/export*.so +.RE + +A complete transcode installation has the following export modules: +.RS +.\" Here starts the generated export part, produced by make-module-man.sed +.TP 4 +\fBac3\fP \- (video) null | (audio) ac3 +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +At run-time ffmpeg must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes audio (raw PCM) to AC3 via the ffmpeg binary. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - none +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBaf6\fP \- (video) Win32 dll | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time libavifile must be available. +At run-time libavifile and win32codecs must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Interface to the avifile library which allows the use of win32codec on the linux-x86 platform. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdivx5\fP \- (video) DivX 5.xx | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time libmp3lame (only for MPEG audio layer III) must be available. +At run-time divx4linux (new) and libdivxencore.so must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes MPEG4 video using the closed-source binaries from divx.com to an AVI container. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdv\fP \- (video) Digital Video | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time libdv and libmp3lame (only for MPEG audio layer III) must be available. +At run-time libdv must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes DV into an AVI container. DV is a codec developed by Sony and is often used in digital camcorders. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM AC3, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdvraw\fP \- (video) Digital Video | (audio) PCM +.br +At compile-time libdv must be available. +At run-time libdv must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes DV into a DV file. DV is a codec developed by Sony and is often used in digital camcorders. A raw DV file can be played back into the camcorder. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - RAW (pass-through) RGB YUV YUV422 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBffmpeg\fP \- (video) * | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time libmp3lame (only for MPEG audio layer III) must be available. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes many different formats to both AVI and raw. Supported are mpeg1video, mpeg2video, mpeg4, mjpeg, h263, h263p, wmv1, wmv2, rv10, msmpeg4, msmpeg4v2, huffyuv and dvvideo. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RGB YUV YUV422 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBim\fP \- (video) * | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time libImageMagick must be available. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes image sequences by using the ImageMagick library. ImageMagick is able to handle a lot of different image formats such as png, jpg, miff, tiff, etc. Use -F to select the desired format. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBjpg\fP \- (video) * | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time libjpeg must be available. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes jpg image sequences using libjpeg. Faster than ImageMagick. Use -F to select the compression quality. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBlame\fP \- (audio) MPEG 1/2 +.br +At compile-time libmp3lame (only for MPEG audio layer III) must be available. +At run-time lame and sox must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +An audio-only encoder which drives the lame binary. The tool sox is used to do resampling if required. Encodes to a MP3 file. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - none +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBlzo\fP \- (video) LZO real-time compression | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time liblzo and libmp3lame (only for MPEG audio layer III) must be available. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes video using a loss-less real-time LZO codec. This codec is a homegrown invention of transcode and is intended as an intermediate storage format. MPlayer can playback LZO-based AVI files as well. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RAW (pass-through) RGB YUV DV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBmov\fP \- (video) * | (audio) * +.br +At compile-time libquicktime must be available. +At run-time libquicktime must be present. +Support for this module is fair. +.RS 8 +Interface to the quicktime library. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - RAW (pass-through) RGB YUV YUV422 YUY2 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBmp2\fP \- (video) null | (audio) MPEG 1/2 +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +At run-time ffmpeg and sox must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes audio (raw PCM) to MPEG 1 Layer 2 audio aka mp2. Additionaly it can change the speed of the audio stream by a factor you can specify. See docs/export_mp2.txt. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - none +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBmp2enc\fP \- (audio) MPEG 1/2 +.br +At compile-time mjpegtools must be available. +At run-time mp2enc must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Drives the mp2enc binary and writes an MP2 (MPEG1-Layer2) file. Useful for when encoding to SVCD to be multiplexed with mplex after encoding. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - none +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBmpeg2enc\fP \- (video) MPEG 1/2 +.br +At compile-time mjpegtools must be available. +At run-time mpeg2enc must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Drives the mpeg2enc binary. mpeg2enc is a very feature rich MPEG encoder, have a look at its manpage. Encodes generic mpeg1, VCD, SVCD, MPEG2 and DVD type video. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - none, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBnull\fP \- (video) null | (audio) null +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Data sink. Does nothing else than discarding data. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - none, video - none +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBogg\fP \- (video) null | (audio) ogg +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +At run-time oggenc must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Drives the oggenc binary. Encodes an Ogg/Vorbis file. Resamples. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - none +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBppm\fP \- (video) PPM/PGM | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Writes an image sequence of PGM or PPM files. PPM is an old format and there are several tools around to manipulate such files. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBpvm\fP \- (video) * | (audio) * +.br +At compile-time libpvm3 must be available. +At run-time pvm must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Meta module. It allows transcode to be used in a PVM cluster. See docs/export_pvm.txt +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RAW (pass-through) RGB YUV DV YUV422 YUY2 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBraw\fP \- (video) * | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Can write uncompressed streams to an AVI file as well as raw mpeg2 files in pass-through mode. The image format for uncompressed streams can be selected with -F (use -F help to see available formats). +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RAW (pass-through) RGB YUV DV YUV422 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBtoolame\fP \- (audio) MPEG 1/2 +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +At run-time toolame and sox must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Drives the toolame binary to create MP2 audio tracks. Sox is used for resampling if requested. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - none +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBwav\fP \- (audio) WAVE PCM +.br +This module has no compile-time dependencies. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Creates WAVE PCM files with interleaved audio for stereo. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - PCM, video - RAW (pass-through) RGB YUV +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBxvid4\fP \- (video) XviD 1.0.x series (aka API 4.0) | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time libmp3lame (only for MPEG audio layer III) must be available. +At run-time libxvidcore.so.4 must be present. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Encodes MPEG4 video using the library available from xvid.org. Check out the library from xvidcvs using cvs -d :pserver:anonymous@cvs.xvid.org:/xvid co -rdev-api-4 xvidcore. There is also a tool available to create configuration files for this xvid version at http://zebra.fh-weingarten.de/transcode/xvid4conf. The output can either be an AVI file or a MPEG4 elementary stream (with -F raw). +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RGB YUV YUV422 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fByuv4mpeg\fP \- (video) YUV4MPEG2 | (audio) MPEG/AC3/PCM +.br +At compile-time mjpegtools must be available. +This module has no run-time dependencies. +Support for this module is good. +.RS 8 +Writes the uncompressed raw YUV data in a YUV4MPEG format as used by the lav* and mjpeg* tools. +.br +Supported processing formats: audio - RAW (pass-through) PCM AC3, video - RGB YUV +.RE +.\" Here ends the generated export part, produced by make-module-man.sed +.RE +.IP + +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B transcode +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.PP +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR transcode (1), +.BR tcmodinfo (1), +.BR transcode_import(1), +.BR transcode_filter(1), +.br diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_filter.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_filter.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14fc6d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_filter.1 @@ -0,0 +1,1863 @@ +.TH transcode filter modules 1 "3th February 2008" "transcode_filter(1)" +.SH NAME +transcode \- filter modules collection +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B transcode -J filters [other options] +.SH COPYRIGHT +\fBtranscode\fP is Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Thomas Oestreich, 2003-2004 Tilmann +Bitterberg, 2004-2008 Transcode Team + +.SH MODULE OPTIONS +The syntax for filter options is simple. A filter is specified with + +.RS 4 +.nf +\-J filter=\fIoptionstring\fP +.fi +.RE + +The optionstring can contain multiple options which are separated by colons \`:\' + +.RS 4 +.nf +\-J filter=\fIoption1\fP:\fIoption2\fP:\fIoption3\fP +.fi +.RE + +An option can have an argument or non (bool). For options with an argument, the +format in which the argument has to be given to the option is specified in a +printf(1) like string. The most common case is `%d' which simply means a number. The argument has to be seperated from the option by a \`=\'. + +.RS 4 +.nf +\-J filter=\fIbool1\fP:\fIoption1\fP=\fI15\fP:\fIoption2\fP=\fI20x30\fP +.fi +.RE + +Most filters try to do the right thing with the default options. You should +play with various parameters if you are not satisfied with the default +behaviour. If you have no idea what a filter does, its very likely that you +don't need it. + +If a filter takes (for eg.) a filename as an argument, make sure that the +filename does not contain a `:' or a `='. Its a limitation of the parser. A +comma `,' is possible but must be extra quoted. For the text filter that is + +.RS 4 +.nf +\-J text=string="Hello\\, World" +.fi +.RE + +.SH FILTER MODULES +To see what filter modules are avalaible for your transcode installation, do a + +.RS 4 +.B ls -1 $( tcmodinfo -p )/filter*.so +.RE + +A complete transcode installation has the following filter modules: + +.br +.\" Here starts the generated filter part, produced by make-filter-man.sh +.TP 4 +\fB29to23\fP - \fBframe rate conversion filter (interpolating 29 to 23)\fP +\fB29to23\fP was written by Max Alekseyev, Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.3 (2003-07-18). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.TP 4 +\fB32detect\fP - \fB3:2 pulldown / interlace detection plugin\fP +\fB32detect\fP was written by Thomas. The version documented here is v0.2.4 (2003-07-22). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It supports multiple instances and can run as a pre-processing and/or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI9\fP] +.RS 3 +Interlace detection threshold +.RE +\(bu +.I chromathres += \fI%d\fP [default \fI4\fP] +.RS 3 +Interlace detection chroma threshold +.RE +\(bu +.I equal += \fI%d\fP [default \fI10\fP] +.RS 3 +threshold for equal colors +.RE +\(bu +.I chromaeq += \fI%d\fP [default \fI5\fP] +.RS 3 +threshold for equal chroma +.RE +\(bu +.I diff += \fI%d\fP [default \fI30\fP] +.RS 3 +threshold for different colors +.RE +\(bu +.I chromadi += \fI%d\fP [default \fI15\fP] +.RS 3 +threshold for different chroma +.RE +\(bu +.I force_mode += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +set internal force de-interlace flag with mode -I N +.RE +\(bu +.I pre += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +run as pre filter +.RE +\(bu +.I verbose +(bool) +.RS 3 +show results +.RE +.IP +This filter checks for interlaced video frames. +Subsequent de-interlacing with transcode can be enforced with 'force_mode' option +.RE +.TP 4 +\fB32drop\fP - \fB3:2 inverse telecine removal plugin\fP +\fB32drop\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.4 (2003-02-01). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.TP 4 +\fBaclip\fP - \fBgenerate audio clips from source\fP +\fBaclip\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.1.1 (2003-09-04). This is a audio filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I level += \fI%d\fP [default \fI10\fP] +.RS 3 +The audio must be under this level to be skipped +.RE +\(bu +.I range += \fI%d\fP [default \fI25\fP] +.RS 3 +Number of samples over level will be keyframes +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBastat\fP - \fBaudio statistics filter plugin\fP +\fBastat\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.1.3 (2003-09-04). This is a audio filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I file += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +File to save the calculated volume rescale number to +.RE +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBcompare\fP - \fBcompare with other image to find a pattern\fP +\fBcompare\fP was written by Antonio Beamud. The version documented here is v0.1.2 (2003-08-29). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It supports multiple instances. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I pattern += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +Pattern image file path +.RE +\(bu +.I results += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +Results file path +.RE +\(bu +.I delta += \fI%f\fP [default \fI45.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +Delta error +.RE +.IP +Generate a file in with information about the times, frame, etc the pattern +defined in the image parameter is observed. +.RE +.IP +The format of the command file is framenumber followed by at least one whitespace followed +by the command followed by at least one whitespace followed by arguments for the command. +Empty lines and lines starting with a `#' are ignored. The frame numbers must be sorted ascending. + + # Example file + # At frame 10 load the smooth filter + 10 load smooth + # reconfigure at 20 + 20 configure smooth=strength=0.9 + 99 disable smooth + + +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBcpaudio\fP - \fBcopy one audio channel to the other channel filter plugin\fP +\fBcpaudio\fP was written by William H Wittig. The version documented here is v0.1 (2003-04-30). This is a audio filter. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I source += \fI%c\fP [default \fIl\fP] +.RS 3 +Source channel (l=left, r=right) +.RE +.IP +Copies audio from one channel to another +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdecimate\fP - \fBNTSC decimation plugin\fP +\fBdecimate\fP was written by Thanassis Tsiodras. The version documented here is v0.4 (2003-04-22). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I verbose +(bool) +.RS 3 +print verbose information +.RE +.IP +see /docs/README.Inverse.Telecine.txt +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdenoise3d\fP - \fBHigh speed 3D Denoiser\fP +\fBdenoise3d\fP was written by Daniel Moreno & A'rpi. The version documented here is v1.0.6 (2003-12-20). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It supports multiple instances. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I luma += \fI%f\fP [default \fI4.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +spatial luma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I chroma += \fI%f\fP [default \fI3.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +spatial chroma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I luma_strength += \fI%f\fP [default \fI6.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +temporal luma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I chroma_strength += \fI%f\fP [default \fI4.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +temporal chroma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I pre += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +run as a pre filter +.RE +.IP +What: +The denoise3d filter from mplayer (sibling of hqdn3d). Works very crude and +simple but also very fast. In fact it is even faster than the original from +mplayer as I managed to tweak some things (a.o. zero frame copying). + +Who: +Everyone who wants to have their captured frames thoroughly denoised (i.e. who +want to encode to mpeg or mjpeg) but do not have enough processing power to +real-time encode AND use hqdn3d (better quality but a lot slower) or dnr (yet +slower), not to mention the other denoisers that are even slower. Quality is +really good for static scenes (if fed with the right parameters), moving +objects may show a little ghost-image (also depends on parameters) though. Your +milage may vary. + +How: +Parameters are the same as the hqdn3d module, although in practice you'll not +end up with exactly the same values. Just experiment. Particular for this +version of the filter is that if you supply -1 to either component's parameters +(luma/chroma), that component will not have the filter applied to. If you're +still short on CPU cycles, try disabling the luma filter, this will not make +much difference in the effectiveness of the filter! +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdetectclipping\fP - \fBdetect clipping parameters (-j or -Y)\fP +\fBdetectclipping\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg, A'rpi. The version documented here is v0.1.0 (2003-11-01). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It supports multiple instances and can run as a pre-processing and/or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I range += \fI%u-%u/%d\fP [default \fI0-4294967295/1\fP] +.RS 3 +apply filter to [start-end]/step frames +.RE +\(bu +.I limit += \fI%d\fP [default \fI24\fP] +.RS 3 +the sum of a line must be below this limit to be considered as black +.RE +\(bu +.I post +(bool) +.RS 3 +run as a POST filter (calc -Y instead of the default -j) +.RE +.IP +Detect black regions on top, bottom, left and right of an image. It is suggested that the filter is run for around 100 frames. It will print its detected parameters every frame. If you don't notice any change in the printout for a while, the filter probably won't find any other values. The filter converges, meaning it will learn. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdetectsilence\fP - \fBaudio silence detection with tcmp3cut commandline generation\fP +\fBdetectsilence\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.0.1 (2003-07-26). This is a audio filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.TP 4 +\fBdivxkey\fP - \fBcheck for DivX 4.xx / OpenDivX / DivX;-) keyframe\fP +\fBdivxkey\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.1 (2002-01-15). This is a video filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.TP 4 +\fBdnr\fP - \fBdynamic noise reduction\fP +\fBdnr\fP was written by Gerhard Monzel. The version documented here is v0.2 (2003-01-21). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I lt += \fI%d\fP [default \fI10\fP] +.RS 3 +Threshold to blend luma/red +.RE +\(bu +.I ll += \fI%d\fP [default \fI4\fP] +.RS 3 +Threshold to lock luma/red +.RE +\(bu +.I ct += \fI%d\fP [default \fI16\fP] +.RS 3 +Threshold to blend croma/green+blue +.RE +\(bu +.I cl += \fI%d\fP [default \fI8\fP] +.RS 3 +Threshold to lock croma/green+blue +.RE +\(bu +.I sc += \fI%d\fP [default \fI30\fP] +.RS 3 +Percentage of picture difference (scene change) +.RE +.IP +see /docs/filter_dnr.txt (german only) +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBdoublefps\fP - \fBdouble frame rate by deinterlacing fields into frames\fP +\fBdoublefps\fP was written by Andrew Church. The version documented here is v1.1 (2006-05-14). This is a video and audio filter. It can handle YUV and YUV422 modes. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I topfirst += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP when height=480, else \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Assume top field is displayed first +.RE +\(bu +.I fullheight += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Output full-height frames +.RE + +Doubles the frame rate of interlaced video by separating each field +into a separate frame. The fields can either be left as is (giving a +progessive video with half the height of the original) or re-interlaced +into their original height (at the doubled frame rate) for the +application of a separate deinterlacing filter. + +Note that due to transcode limitations, it is currently necessary to use +the -Z option to specify the output frame size when using half-height mode +(this does not slow the program down if no actual zooming is done). +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBextsub\fP - \fBDVD subtitle overlay plugin\fP +\fBextsub\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is 0.3.5 (2003-10-15). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I track += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Subtitle track to render +.RE +\(bu +.I vertshift += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +offset of subtitle with respect to bottom of frame in rows +.RE +\(bu +.I timeshift += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +global display start time correction in msec +.RE +\(bu +.I antialias += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +anti-aliasing the rendered text (0=off,1=on) +.RE +\(bu +.I pre += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Run as a pre filter +.RE +\(bu +.I color1 += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Make a subtitle color visible with given intensity +.RE +\(bu +.I color2 += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Make a subtitle color visible with given intensity +.RE +\(bu +.I ca += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Shuffle the color assignment by choosing another subtitle color +.RE +\(bu +.I cb += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Shuffle the color assignment by choosing another subtitle color +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBfieldanalysis\fP - \fBField analysis for detecting interlace and telecine\fP +\fBfieldanalysis\fP was written by Matthias Hopf. The version documented here is v1.0 pl1 (2004-08-13). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB,YUV and YUV422 mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I interlacediff += \fI%f\fP [default \fI1.1\fP] +.RS 3 +Minimum temporal inter-field difference for detecting interlaced video +.RE +\(bu +.I unknowndiff += \fI%f\fP [default \fI1.5\fP] +.RS 3 +Maximum inter-frame change vs. detail differences for neglecting interlaced video +.RE +\(bu +.I progressivediff += \fI%f\fP [default \fI8\fP] +.RS 3 +Minimum inter-frame change vs. detail differences for detecting progressive video +.RE +\(bu +.I progressivechange += \fI%f\fP [default \fI0.2\fP] +.RS 3 +Minimum temporal change needed for detecting progressive video +.RE +\(bu +.I changedifmore += \fI%f\fP [default \fI10\fP] +.RS 3 +Minimum temporal change for detecting truly changed frames +.RE +\(bu +.I forcetelecinedetect += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Detect telecine even on non-NTSC (29.97fps) video +.RE +\(bu +.I verbose += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Output analysis for every frame +.RE +\(bu +.I outdiff += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Output internal debug frames as luminance of YUV video (see source) +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBfields\fP - \fBField adjustment plugin\fP +\fBfields\fP was written by Alex Stewart. The version documented here is v0.1.1 (2003-01-21). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I flip +(bool) +.RS 3 +Exchange the top field and bottom field of each frame +.RE +\(bu +.I shift +(bool) +.RS 3 +Shift the video by one field +.RE +\(bu +.I flip_first +(bool) +.RS 3 +Normally shifting is performed before flipping, this option reverses that +.RE +.IP +The 'fields' filter is designed to shift, reorder, and +generally rearrange independent fields of an interlaced +video input. Input retrieved from broadcast (PAL, NTSC, +etc) video sources generally comes in an interlaced form +where each pass from top to bottom of the screen displays +every other scanline, and then the next pass displays the +lines between the lines from the first pass. Each pass is +known as a "field" (there are generally two fields per +frame). When this form of video is captured and manipulated +digitally, the two fields of each frame are usually merged +together into one flat (planar) image per frame. This +usually produces reasonable results, however there are +conditions which can cause this merging to be performed +incorrectly or less-than-optimally, which is where this +filter can help. + +The following options are supported for this filter +(they can be separated by colons): + + shift - Shift the video by one field (half a frame), + changing frame boundaries appropriately. This is + useful if a video capture started grabbing video + half a frame (one field) off from where frame + boundaries were actually intended to be. + + flip - Exchange the top field and bottom field of each + frame. This can be useful if the video signal was + sent "bottom field first" (which can happen + sometimes with PAL video sources) or other + oddities occurred which caused the frame + boundaries to be at the right place, but the + scanlines to be swapped. + + flip_first + - Normally shifting is performed before flipping if + both are specified. This option reverses that + behavior. You should not normally need to use + this unless you have some extremely odd input + material, it is here mainly for completeness. + + help - Print this text. + +Note: the 'shift' function may produce slight color +discrepancies if YV12 is used as the internal transcode +video format (default). This is because YV12 does not +contain enough information to do field shifting cleanly. For +best (but slower) results, use RGB mode for field shifting. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBfps\fP - \fBconvert video frame rate, gets defaults from -f and --export_fps\fP +\fBfps\fP was written by Christopher Cramer. The version documented here is v1.1 (2004-05-01). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +.IP +options: <input fps>:<output fps> +example: -J fps=25:29.97 will convert from PAL to NTSC +If no options are given, defaults or -f/--export_fps/--export_frc will be used. +Some examples: + + -J fps=10:5:pre convert from 10 fps to 5 fps, preprocess + -J fps=10:post:12 convert from 10 to 12, postprocess + -J fps=pre=1:7:5 convert from 7 to 5, postprocess + -J fps=9:3.1:post=-0x7 convert from 9 to 3.1, postprocess + +If that last one is confusing you, remember that 0 is false and everything +else is true. Of course, octal and hexadecimal numbers are supported too. +This is intended to be backward compatible with the old format. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBhqdn3d\fP - \fBHigh Quality 3D Denoiser\fP +\fBhqdn3d\fP was written by Daniel Moreno & A'rpi. The version documented here is v1.0.2 (2003-08-15). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It supports multiple instances. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I luma += \fI%f\fP [default \fI4.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +spatial luma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I chroma += \fI%f\fP [default \fI3.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +spatial chroma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I luma_strength += \fI%f\fP [default \fI6.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +temporal luma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I chroma_strength += \fI%f\fP [default \fI4.500000\fP] +.RS 3 +temporal chroma strength +.RE +\(bu +.I pre += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +run as a pre filter +.RE +.IP +This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images and making still images really still (This should enhance compressibility). +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBinvert\fP - \fBinvert the image\fP +\fBinvert\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.1.4 (2003-10-12). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB,YUV and YUV422 mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I range += \fI%u-%u/%d\fP [default \fI0-4294967295/1\fP] +.RS 3 +apply filter to [start-end]/step frames +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBivtc\fP - \fBNTSC inverse telecine plugin\fP +\fBivtc\fP was written by Thanassis Tsiodras. The version documented here is v0.4.1 (2004-06-01). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I verbose +(bool) +.RS 3 +print verbose information +.RE +\(bu +.I field += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +which field to replace (0=top 1=bottom) +.RE +\(bu +.I magic += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +perform magic? (0=no 1=yes) +.RE +.IP +see /docs/README.Inverse.Telecine.txt +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBlevels\fP - \fBLuminosity level scaler\fP +\fBlevels\fP was written by Bryan Mayland. The version documented here is v1.0.0 (2004-06-09). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It supports multiple instances. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I input += \fI%d-%d\fP [default \fI0-255\fP] +.RS 3 +input luma range (black-white) +.RE +\(bu +.I gamma += \fI%f\fP [default \fI1.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +input luma gamma +.RE +\(bu +.I output += \fI%d-%d\fP [default \fI0-255\fP] +.RS 3 +output luma range (black-white) +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBlogo\fP - \fBrender image in videostream\fP +\fBlogo\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.10 (2003-10-16). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I file += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +Image filename +.RE +\(bu +.I posdef += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Position (0=None, 1=TopL, 2=TopR, 3=BotL, 4=BotR, 5=Center) +.RE +\(bu +.I pos += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI0x0\fP] +.RS 3 +Position (0-width x 0-height) +.RE +\(bu +.I range += \fI%u-%u\fP [default \fI0-0\fP] +.RS 3 +Restrict rendering to framerange +.RE +\(bu +.I ignoredelay +(bool) +.RS 3 +Ignore delay specified in animations +.RE +\(bu +.I rgbswap +(bool) +.RS 3 +Swap red/blue colors +.RE +\(bu +.I grayout +(bool) +.RS 3 +YUV only: don't write Cb and Cr, makes a nice effect +.RE +\(bu +.I flip +(bool) +.RS 3 +Mirror image +.RE +.IP +This filter renders an user specified image into the video. +Any image format ImageMagick can read is accepted. +Transparent images are also supported. +Image origin is at the very top left. + +see /docs/filter_logo.txt +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBlogoaway\fP - \fBremove an image from the video\fP +\fBlogoaway\fP was written by Thomas Wehrspann <thomas@wehrspann.de>. The version documented here is v0.5 (2004-03-07). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. It supports multiple instances. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I range += \fI%d-%d\fP [default \fI0-4294967295\fP] +.RS 3 +Frame Range +.RE +\(bu +.I pos += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI-1x-1\fP] +.RS 3 +Position of logo +.RE +\(bu +.I size += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI-2x-2\fP] +.RS 3 +Size of logo +.RE +\(bu +.I mode += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Filter Mode (0=none,1=solid,2=xy,3=shape) +.RE +\(bu +.I border +(bool) +.RS 3 +Visible Border +.RE +\(bu +.I dump +(bool) +.RS 3 +Dump filterarea to file +.RE +\(bu +.I xweight += \fI%d\fP [default \fI50\fP] +.RS 3 +X-Y Weight(0%-100%) +.RE +\(bu +.I fill += \fI%2x%2x%2x\fP [default \fI000\fP] +.RS 3 +Solid Fill Color(RGB) +.RE +\(bu +.I file += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +Image with alpha/shape information +.RE +.IP +This filter removes an image in a user specified area from the video. You can +choose from different methods. + +see /docs/filter_logoaway.txt +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBlowpass\fP - \fBHigh and low pass filter\fP +\fBlowpass\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.1.0 (2002-02-26). This is a audio filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I taps += \fI%d\fP [default \fI30\fP] +.RS 3 +strength (may be negative) +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBmask\fP - \fBFilter through a rectangular Mask\fP +\fBmask\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich, Chad Page. The version documented here is v0.2.3 (2003-10-12). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB,YUV and YUV422 mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I lefttop += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI0x0\fP] +.RS 3 +Upper left corner of the box +.RE +\(bu +.I rightbot += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI32x32\fP] +.RS 3 +Lower right corner of the box +.RE +.IP +This filter applies an rectangular mask to the video. Everything outside the mask is set to black. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBmodfps\fP - \fBplugin to modify framerate\fP +\fBmodfps\fP was written by Marrq. The version documented here is v0.10 (2003-08-18). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I mode += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +mode of operation +.RE +\(bu +.I infps += \fI%f\fP [default \fI25.000000\fP] +.RS 3 +Original fps +.RE +\(bu +.I infrc += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Original frc +.RE +\(bu +.I buffer += \fI%d\fP [default \fI5\fP] +.RS 3 +How many frames to buffer +.RE +\(bu +.I subsample += \fI%d\fP [default \fI32\fP] +.RS 3 +How many pixels to subsample +.RE +\(bu +.I clonetype += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +How to clone frames +.RE +\(bu +.I verbose += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +run in verbose mode +.RE +.IP +This filter aims to allow transcode to alter the fps +of video. While one can reduce the fps to any amount, +one can only increase the fps to at most twice the +original fps. + +There are two modes of operation, buffered and unbuffered, +unbuffered is quick, but buffered, especially when dropping frames +should look better. + +For most users, modfps will need either no options, or just mode=1 + +see /docs/README.filter.modfps +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBmsharpen\fP - \fBVirtualDub's MSharpen Filter\fP +\fBmsharpen\fP was written by Donald Graft, William Hawkins. The version documented here is (1.0) (2003-07-17). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I strength += \fI%d\fP [default \fI100\fP] +.RS 3 +How much of the effect +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI10\fP] +.RS 3 +How close a pixel must be to the brightest or dimmest pixel to be mapped +.RE +\(bu +.I highq += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Tradeoff speed for quality of detail detection +.RE +\(bu +.I mask += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Areas to be sharpened are shown in white +.RE +.IP +This plugin implements an unusual concept in spatial sharpening. +Although designed specifically for anime, it also works well with +normal video. The filter is very effective at sharpening important +edges without amplifying noise. + + * Strength 'strength' (0-255) [100] + This is the strength of the sharpening to be applied to the edge detail areas. It is applied only to the edge detail areas as determined by the 'threshold' parameter. Strength 255 is the strongest sharpening. + * Threshold 'threshold' (0-255) [10] + This parameter determines what is detected as edge detail and thus sharpened. To see what edge detail areas will be sharpened, use the 'mask' parameter. + * Mask 'mask' (0-1) [0] + When set to true, the areas to be sharpened are shown in white against a black background. Use this to set the level of detail to be sharpened. This function also makes a basic edge detection filter. + * HighQ 'highq' (0-1) [1] + This parameter lets you tradeoff speed for quality of detail detection. Set it to true for the best detail detection. Set it to false for maximum speed. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBnormalize\fP - \fBVolume normalizer\fP +\fBnormalize\fP was written by pl, Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.1.1 (2002-06-18). This is a audio filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I smooth += \fI%f\fP [default \fI0.06\fP] +.RS 3 +Value for smoothing ]0.0 1.0[ +.RE +\(bu +.I smoothlast += \fI%f\fP [default \fI0.06\fP] +.RS 3 +Value for smoothing last sample ]0.0, 1.0[ +.RE +\(bu +.I algo += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Algorithm to use (1 or 2). 1=uses a 1 value memory and coefficients new=a*old+b*cur (with a+b=1). 2=uses several samples to smooth the variations (standard weighted mean on past samples) +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBnull\fP - \fBdemo filter plugin; does nothing\fP +\fBnull\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.2 (2003-09-04). This is a video and audio filter. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.TP 4 +\fBpp\fP - \fBMplayers postprocess filters\fP +\fBpp\fP was written by Michael Niedermayer et al, Gerhard Monzel. The version documented here is v1.2.4 (2003-01-24). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It supports multiple instances. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I hb += \fI%d:%d\fP [default \fI64:40\fP] +.RS 3 +Horizontal deblocking filter +.RE +\(bu +.I vb += \fI%d:%d\fP [default \fI64:40\fP] +.RS 3 +Vertical deblocking filter +.RE +\(bu +.I h1 +(bool) +.RS 3 +Experimental h deblock filter 1 +.RE +\(bu +.I v1 +(bool) +.RS 3 +Experimental v deblock filter 1 +.RE +\(bu +.I dr +(bool) +.RS 3 +Deringing filter +.RE +\(bu +.I al +(bool) +.RS 3 +Automatic brightness / contrast +.RE +\(bu +.I f +(bool) +.RS 3 +Stretch luminance to (0..255) +.RE +\(bu +.I lb +(bool) +.RS 3 +Linear blend deinterlacer +.RE +\(bu +.I li +(bool) +.RS 3 +Linear interpolating deinterlace +.RE +\(bu +.I ci +(bool) +.RS 3 +Cubic interpolating deinterlacer +.RE +\(bu +.I md +(bool) +.RS 3 +Median deinterlacer +.RE +\(bu +.I de +(bool) +.RS 3 +Default preset (hb:a/vb:a/dr:a/al) +.RE +\(bu +.I fa +(bool) +.RS 3 +Fast preset (h1:a/v1:a/dr:a/al) +.RE +\(bu +.I tn += \fI%d:%d:%d\fP [default \fI64:128:256\fP] +.RS 3 +Temporal Noise Reducer (1<=2<=3) +.RE +\(bu +.I fq += \fI%d\fP [default \fI15\fP] +.RS 3 +Force quantizer +.RE +\(bu +.I pre +(bool) +.RS 3 +Run as a PRE filter +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBpreview\fP - \fBxv/sdl/gtk preview plugin\fP +\fBpreview\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.1.4 (2002-10-08). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +.IP +XXX: Write me +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBpv\fP - \fBxv only preview plugin\fP +\fBpv\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich, Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.2.3 (2004-06-01). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV and YUV422 mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I cache += \fI%d\fP [default \fI15\fP] +.RS 3 +Number of raw frames to cache for seeking +.RE +\(bu +.I skip += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +display only every Nth frame +.RE +\(bu +.I fullscreen +(bool) +.RS 3 +Display in fullscreen mode +.RE +.IP +The filter listens to mouse and key strokes. If you click into the preview +window, the first time say near the upper left corner and the second time near +the lower right corner, transcode will draw a rectangle and will print out the +coordinates of this rectangle on stdout and the socket. See the table below for +available keys. + +When you start transcode with the --socket option and the pv filter with (for +example) cache=20 you can talk to transcode and the pv filter at runtime using +the socket. + +.nf +transcode -i file.avi -J pv=cache=30 --socket /tmp/sock +.fi + +.RS +.TP 8 +Available Commands +.TP +Key Socket* Effect +.TP +.I RET +draw redraws the image, applying filters. +.TP +.I u +undo goes to image before draw +.TP +.I SPACE +pause pause the preview (and transcode) +.TP +.I UP +fastfw in pause mode, step forward 5 frames +.TP +.I RIGHT +slowfw in pause mode, step forward 1 frame +.TP +.I DOWN +fastbw in pause mode, step back 5 frames +.TP +.I LEFT +slowbw in pause mode, step back 1 frame +.TP +.I q +display toggle display of frames +.TP +.I s +slower slow down +.TP +.I f +faster speed up +.TP +.I y +toggle toggle displaying only every 5 frames +.TP +.I j +grab save a JPEG +.TP +.I r +rotate rotate AVI file after next keyframe +.TP +.RE +(*) all commands must be prefixed with "preview ". +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBresample\fP - \fBaudio resampling filter plugin\fP +\fBresample\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.1.4 (2003-08-22). This is a audio filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.TP 4 +\fBskip\fP - \fBskip all listed frames\fP +\fBskip\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.0.1 (2001-11-27). This is a video and audio filter. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I fstart1-fend1 [ fstart2-fend2 [ .. ] ] += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +apply filter [start-end] frames +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBslowmo\fP - \fBvery cheap slow-motion effect\fP +\fBslowmo\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.3 (2003-29-11). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +.IP +This filter produces a simple slow-motion effect by +duplicating certain frames. I have seen this effect +on TV and despite its the simple algorithm it works +quite well. The filter has no options. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBsmartbob\fP - \fBMotion-adaptive deinterlacing for double-frame-rate output.\fP +\fBsmartbob\fP was written by Donald Graft, Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v1.1beta2 (2003-06-23). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I motionOnly += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Show motion areas only +.RE +\(bu +.I shiftEven += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Blend instead of interpolate in motion areas +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI12\fP] +.RS 3 +Motion Threshold +.RE +\(bu +.I denoise += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Phase shift +.RE +.IP +This filter only makes sense when fed by -J doublefps. +It will take the field-frames which filter_doublefps +produces and generates full-sized motion adaptive deinterlaced +output at the double import framerate. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBsmartdeinter\fP - \fBVirtualDub's smart deinterlacer\fP +\fBsmartdeinter\fP was written by Donald Graft. The version documented here is v2.7b (2003-02-01). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I motionOnly += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Show motion areas only +.RE +\(bu +.I Blend += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Blend instead of interpolate in motion areas +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI15\fP] +.RS 3 +Motion Threshold +.RE +\(bu +.I scenethreshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI100\fP] +.RS 3 +Scene Change Threshold +.RE +\(bu +.I fieldShift += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Phase shift +.RE +\(bu +.I inswap += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Field swap before phase shift +.RE +\(bu +.I outswap += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Field swap after phase shift +.RE +\(bu +.I noMotion += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Disable motion processing +.RE +\(bu +.I highq += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Motion map denoising for field-only +.RE +\(bu +.I diffmode += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Motion Detection (0=frame, 1=field, 2=both) +.RE +\(bu +.I colordiff += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Compare color channels instead of luma +.RE +\(bu +.I cubic += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Use cubic for interpolation +.RE +.IP +This filter provides a smart, motion-based deinterlacing +capability. In static picture areas, interlacing artifacts do not +appear, so data from both fields is used to provide full detail. In +moving areas, deinterlacing is performed +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBsmartyuv\fP - \fBMotion-adaptive deinterlacing\fP +\fBsmartyuv\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is 0.1.4 (2003-10-13). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I motionOnly += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Show motion areas only, blacking out static areas +.RE +\(bu +.I diffmode += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Motion Detection (0=frame, 1=field, 2=both) +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI14\fP] +.RS 3 +Motion Threshold (luma) +.RE +\(bu +.I chromathres += \fI%d\fP [default \fI7\fP] +.RS 3 +Motion Threshold (chroma) +.RE +\(bu +.I scenethres += \fI%d\fP [default \fI31\fP] +.RS 3 +Threshold for detecting scenechanges +.RE +\(bu +.I highq += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +High-Quality processing (motion Map denoising) +.RE +\(bu +.I cubic += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Do cubic interpolation +.RE +\(bu +.I Blend += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Blend the frames for deinterlacing +.RE +\(bu +.I doChroma += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Enable chroma processing (slower but more accurate) +.RE +\(bu +.I verbose += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Verbose mode +.RE +.IP +This filter is basically a rewrite of the +smartdeinter filter by Donald Graft (without advanced processing +options) for YUV mode only. Its faster than using the smartdeinter +in YUV mode and is also tuned with its threshold settings for YUV +mode. The filter detects motion and static areas in an image and +only deinterlaces (either by blending or by cubic interpolation) +the moving areas. The result is an image with high detail in +static areas, no information is lost there. + +The threshold settings should be sufficent for most users. As a +rule of thumb, I recommend setting the chroma threshold to about +the half of the luma threshold. If you want more deinterlacing, +lower the thresholds. The scene threshold can be easily found by +turning on verbose mode and the preview filter. In verbose mode, +the filter will print out, when it detects a scene change. If +scenechanges go by unnoticed, lower the scene threshold. You can +completly disable chroma processing with the doChroma=0 option. +Here is a sample commandline + +-J smartyuv=highq=1:diffmode=2:cubic=1:Blend=1:chromathres=4:threshold=8:doChroma=1 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBsmooth\fP - \fB(single-frame) smoothing plugin\fP +\fBsmooth\fP was written by Chad Page. The version documented here is v0.2.3 (2003-03-27). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It is a pre-processing only filter. It supports multiple instances. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I strength += \fI%f\fP [default \fI0.25\fP] +.RS 3 +Blending factor +.RE +\(bu +.I cdiff += \fI%d\fP [default \fI6\fP] +.RS 3 +Max difference in chroma values +.RE +\(bu +.I ldiff += \fI%d\fP [default \fI8\fP] +.RS 3 +Max difference in luma value +.RE +\(bu +.I range += \fI%d\fP [default \fI4\fP] +.RS 3 +Search Range +.RE +.IP +"single-frame" means it only works with the current frame, it does not need the +next or the previous frame for operation. Usually smoothing is done by talking +the data of previous frames into account to see which parts of the picture can +be "safely" smoothed, this filter only needs one frame. +.RE +.IP +Usage -J subtitler="[no_objects] [subtitle_file=s] +[color_depth=n] +[font_dir=s] [font=n] [font_factor=f +[frame_offset=n] +[debug] [help]" +f is float, h is hex, n is integer, s is string. + +no_objects disables subtitles and other objects (off). +.br +color_depth= 32 or 24 (overrides X auto) (32). +.br +font= 0 or 1, 1 gives strange symbols... (0). +.br +font_dir= place where font.desc is (~/.subtitles/font). +.br +font_factor= .1 to 100 outline characters (10.75). +.br +frame_offset= positive (text later) or negative (earlier) integer (0). +.br +subtitle_file= pathfilename.ppml location of ppml file (~/.subtitles/demo.ppml). +.br +debug prints debug messages (off). +.br +help prints this list and exit. +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBtestframe\fP - \fBgenerate stream of testframes\fP +\fBtestframe\fP was written by Thomas Oestreich. The version documented here is v0.1.3 (2003-09-04). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I mode += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Choose the test pattern (0-4 interlaced, 5 colorfull) +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBtext\fP - \fBwrite text in the image\fP +\fBtext\fP was written by Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.1.4 (2004-02-14). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I range += \fI%u-%u/%d\fP [default \fI0-4294967295/1\fP] +.RS 3 +apply filter to [start-end]/step frames +.RE +\(bu +.I string += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +text to display (no ':') [defaults to `date`] +.RE +\(bu +.I font += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +full path to font file [defaults to arial.ttf] +.RE +\(bu +.I points += \fI%d\fP [default \fI25\fP] +.RS 3 +size of font (in points) +.RE +\(bu +.I dpi += \fI%d\fP [default \fI96\fP] +.RS 3 +resolution of font (in dpi) +.RE +\(bu +.I fade += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +fade in/out (0=off, 1=slow, 10=fast) +.RE +\(bu +.I antialias += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Anti-Alias text (0=off 1=on) +.RE +\(bu +.I pos += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI0x0\fP] +.RS 3 +Position (0-width x 0-height) +.RE +\(bu +.I posdef += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Position (0=None 1=TopL 2=TopR 3=BotL 4=BotR 5=Cent 6=BotCent) +.RE +\(bu +.I notransparent +(bool) +.RS 3 +disable transparency (enables block box) +.RE +.IP +see /docs/filter_text.txt +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBtomsmocomp\fP - \fBTom's MoComp deinterlacing filter\fP +\fBtomsmocomp\fP was written by Tom Barry et al.. The version documented here is v0.1 (2004-07-31). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV and YUV422 mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I TopFirst += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Assume the top field should be displayed first +.RE +\(bu +.I SearchEffort += \fI%d\fP [default \fI15\fP] +.RS 3 +CPU time used to find moved pixels +.RE +\(bu +.I UseStrangeBob += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +?Unknown? +.RE +\(bu +.I CpuFlags += \fI%x\fP [default \fI5f\fP] +.RS 3 +Manual specification of CPU capabilities +.RE +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBunsharp\fP - \fBunsharp mask & gaussian blur\fP +\fBunsharp\fP was written by Remi Guyomarch. The version documented here is v1.0.1 (2003-10-27). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I amount += \fI%f\fP [default \fI0.0\fP] +.RS 3 +Luma and chroma (un)sharpness amount +.RE +\(bu +.I matrix += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI0x0\fP] +.RS 3 +Luma and chroma search matrix size +.RE +\(bu +.I luma += \fI%f\fP [default \fI0.0\fP] +.RS 3 +Luma (un)sharpness amount +.RE +\(bu +.I chroma += \fI%f\fP [default \fI0.0\fP] +.RS 3 +Chroma (un)sharpness amount +.RE +\(bu +.I luma_matrix += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI0x0\fP] +.RS 3 +Luma search matrix size +.RE +\(bu +.I chroma_matrix += \fI%dx%d\fP [default \fI0x0\fP] +.RS 3 +Chroma search matrix size +.RE +\(bu +.I pre += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +run as a pre filter +.RE +.IP +This filter blurs or sharpens an image depending on +the sign of "amount". You can either set amount for +both luma and chroma or you can set it individually +(recommended). A positive value for amount will sharpen +the image, a negative value will blur it. A sane range +for amount is -1.5 to 1.5. + +The matrix sizes must be odd and define the +range/strength of the effect. Sensible ranges are 3x3 +to 7x7. + +It sometimes makes sense to sharpen the sharpen the +luma and to blur the chroma. Sample string is: + +luma=0.8:luma_matrix=7x5:chroma=-0.2:chroma_matrix=3x3 +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBwhitebalance\fP - \fBWhite Balance Filter - correct images with a broken white balance\fP +\fBwhitebalance\fP was written by Guillaume Cottenceau. The version documented here is v0.1 (2003-10-01). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a pre-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I level += \fI%d\fP [default \fI40\fP] +.RS 3 +Level of blue-to-yellow white balance shifting (can be negative) +.RE +\(bu +.I limit += \fI%s\fP +.RS 3 +Limit to specified ranges (+fnumber toggles on, -fnumber toggles off) +.RE +.IP +This filter allows correcting movies with a broken white balance, e.g. bluish movies. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fBxharpen\fP - \fBVirtualDub's XSharpen Filter\fP +\fBxharpen\fP was written by Donald Graft, Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is (1.0b2) (2003-02-12). This is a video filter. It can handle RGB and YUV mode. It is a post-processing only filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I strength += \fI%d\fP [default \fI200\fP] +.RS 3 +How much of the effect +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI255\fP] +.RS 3 +How close a pixel must be to the brightest or dimmest pixel to be mapped +.RE +.IP +This filter performs a subtle but useful sharpening effect. The +result is a sharpening effect that not only avoids amplifying +noise, but also tends to reduce it. A welcome side effect is that +files processed with this filter tend to compress to smaller files. + + Strength 'strength' (0-255) [200] + When this value is 255, mapped pixels are not blended with the original pixel values, so a full-strength effect is obtained. As the value is reduced, each mapped pixel is blended with more of the original pixel. At a value of 0, the original pixels are passed through and there is no sharpening effect. + + Threshold 'threshold' (0-255) [255] + This value determines how close a pixel must be to the brightest or dimmest pixel to be mapped. If a pixel is more than threshold away from the brightest or dimmest pixel, it is not mapped. Thus, as the threshold is reduced, pixels in the mid range start to be spared. +.RE +.TP 4 +\fByuvdenoise\fP - \fBmjpegs YUV denoiser\fP +\fByuvdenoise\fP was written by Stefan Fendt, Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.2.1 (2003-11-26). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I radius += \fI%d\fP [default \fI8\fP] +.RS 3 +Search radius +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI5\fP] +.RS 3 +Denoiser threshold +.RE +\(bu +.I pp_threshold += \fI%d\fP [default \fI4\fP] +.RS 3 +Pass II threshold +.RE +\(bu +.I delay += \fI%d\fP [default \fI3\fP] +.RS 3 +Average 'n' frames for a time-lowpassed pixel +.RE +\(bu +.I postprocess += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Filter internal postprocessing +.RE +\(bu +.I luma_contrast += \fI%d\fP [default \fI100\fP] +.RS 3 +Luminance contrast in percent +.RE +\(bu +.I chroma_contrast += \fI%d\fP [default \fI100\fP] +.RS 3 +Chrominance contrast in percent. +.RE +\(bu +.I sharpen += \fI%d\fP [default \fI125\fP] +.RS 3 +Sharpness in percent +.RE +\(bu +.I deinterlace += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Force deinterlacing +.RE +\(bu +.I mode += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +[0]: Progressive [1]: Interlaced [2]: Fast +.RE +\(bu +.I scene_thres += \fI%d%%\fP [default \fI50\fP] +.RS 3 +Blocks where motion estimation should fail before scenechange +.RE +\(bu +.I block_thres += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1024\fP] +.RS 3 +Every SAD value greater than this will be considered bad +.RE +\(bu +.I do_reset += \fI%d\fP [default \fI2\fP] +.RS 3 +Reset the filter for `n' frames after a scene +.RE +\(bu +.I increment_cr += \fI%d\fP [default \fI2\fP] +.RS 3 +Increment Cr with constant +.RE +\(bu +.I increment_cb += \fI%d\fP [default \fI2\fP] +.RS 3 +Increment Cb with constant +.RE +\(bu +.I border += \fI%dx%d-%dx%d\fP [default \fI0x0-32x32\fP] +.RS 3 +Active image area +.RE +\(bu +.I pre += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +run this filter as a pre-processing filter +.RE +.IP +see /docs/filter_yuvdenoise.txt +.RE +.TP 4 +\fByuvmedian\fP - \fBmjpegs YUV median filter\fP +\fByuvmedian\fP was written by Mike Bernson, Tilmann Bitterberg. The version documented here is v0.1.0 (2003-01-24). This is a video filter. It can handle YUV mode only. It can be used as a pre-processing or as a post-processing filter. +.IP +.RS +\(bu +.I radius_luma += \fI%d\fP [default \fI2\fP] +.RS 3 +Radius for median (luma) +.RE +\(bu +.I radius_chroma += \fI%d\fP [default \fI2\fP] +.RS 3 +Radius for median (chroma) +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold_luma += \fI%d\fP [default \fI2\fP] +.RS 3 +Trigger threshold (luma) +.RE +\(bu +.I threshold_chroma += \fI%d\fP [default \fI2\fP] +.RS 3 +Trigger threshold (chroma) +.RE +\(bu +.I interlace += \fI%d\fP [default \fI0\fP] +.RS 3 +Treat input as interlaced +.RE +\(bu +.I pre += \fI%d\fP [default \fI1\fP] +.RS 3 +Run as a PRE filter +.RE +.RE +.\" Here ends the generated filter part, produced by make-filter-man.sh + +.PP +.SH AUTHORS +.B transcode +was written by Thomas Oestreich +.br +<ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de> with contributions from +many others. See AUTHORS for details. +.PP +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR transcode (1), +.BR transcode_import (1), +.BR transcode_export (1), +.BR tcmodinfo (1), +.br diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_import.1 b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_import.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68844d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_import.1 @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +.\" Title: transcode_import +.\" Author: +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.73.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 14th July 2008 +.\" Manual: 15th April 2008 +.\" Source: transcode_import(1) +.\" +.TH "TRANSCODE_IMPORT" "1" "14th July 2008" "transcode_import(1)" "15th April 2008" +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.SH "NAME" +transcode_import \- transcode import modules collection +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP 10 +\fBtranscode\fR \-x\ \fIname\fR\ [\ \fI,name\fR\ ] [\fIother\ options\fR] +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.PP + +\fBtranscode\fR +is Copyright (C) 2001\-2003 by Thomas Oestreich, 2003\-2004 Tilmann Bitterberg, 2004\-2010 Transcode Team +.SH "IMPORT MODULES" +.PP +If no module is specified through the \-x option, +\fBtranscode\fR +will autodetect them using internal probing code\&. If just one import module is specified, it is used both for video and audio import; if both modules are specified, the first is used for video import, the second for audio import\&. To see what import modules are avalaible for your transcode installation, do a +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf + $ ls \-1 $( tcmodinfo \-p )/import*\&.so + +.fi +.RE +.sp +A complete transcode installation has the following import modules\&. +.PP +\fBalsa\fR \fI[audio]\fR +.RS 4 +This module reads audio samples from an ALSA device using libalsa\&. +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +device (string) +.RS 4 +selects ALSA device to use for capturing audio\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBbktr\fR \fI[video]\fR +.RS 4 +This module reads video frames from an capture device using bktr module\&. This module is designed to work on *BSD\&. For linux, use the v4l module\&. +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +tunerdev (string) +.RS 4 +help: selects tuner device\&. +.RE +.PP +vsource (string) +.RS 4 +selects video source (device dependant input)\&. +.RE +.PP +format (string) +.RS 4 +selects video normalization\&. +.RE +.PP +asource (string) +.RS 4 +selects audio source (device dependant input)\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBdvd\fR \fI[video, audio, extra]\fR +.RS 4 +This module provides access to DVD content using libdvdread, directly from DVD device\&. (e\&.g\&. on\-the\-fly operation, no intermediate disk storage needed)\&. +.sp +At run time, this module requires: libdvdread >= 0\&.9\&.3 +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +delay (integer) +.RS 4 +set device access delay (seconds)\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBim\fR \fI[video]\fR +.RS 4 +This module reads single images from disk using ImageMagick; a stream of correlated images can be automatically read if their filenames contains a common prefix and a serial number\&. All formats supported by ImageMagick are supported as well\&. +.sp +At run time, this module requires: libMagick >= 6\&.2\&.4\&.0 +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +noseq (flag) +.RS 4 +disable internal auto loading of images with similar names\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBpv3\fR \fI[video, audio]\fR +.RS 4 +This module provides access to Earth Soft PV3 audio/video streams using win32 binary codecs and an internal win32 emulation layer (NO wine needed)\&. +.sp +At run time, this module requires: PV3 win32 dlls\&. +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +dllpath (string) +.RS 4 +set path/filename to load dv\&.dll from +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBvag\fR \fI[audio]\fR +.RS 4 +This module decodes VAG\-format audio (from PlayStation)\&. +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +blocksize (integer) +.RS 4 +stereo blocking size\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBvob\fR \fI[video, audio]\fR +.RS 4 +This module imports audio/video from VOB files\&. If you need direct DVD access, use import_dvd module\&. +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +nodemux (flag) +.RS 4 +skip demuxing processing stage\&. This sometimes improves A/V sync\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBx11\fR \fI[video]\fR +.RS 4 +This module captures video frames from X window system using libX11\&. +.sp +At run time, this module requires: libcx11\-6 >= 1\&.0\&.0 +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +skew_limit (integer) +.RS 4 +maximum frame A/V skew (ms) before correction attempt +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBv4l2\fR \fI[video, audio]\fR +.RS 4 +This module allow to capture video frames through a V4L2 (V4L api version 2) device\&. While audio capturing is possible, this kind of usage is discouraged in favour of OSS or ALSA import modules\&. +.sp +This module accepts the following options: +.PP +overrun_guard (integer) +.RS 4 +flag (default off)\&. Toggles the buffer overrun guard, that prevents crash when capture buffers are full\&. +.RE +.PP +resync_margin (integer) +.RS 4 +threshold audio/video desync (in frames) that triggers resync once reached\&. +.RE +.PP +crop (string) +.RS 4 +forces cropping into selected window (format: WIDTHxHEIGHT+LEFTxTOP) +.RE +.PP +resync_interval (integer) +.RS 4 +checks the resync_margin every given amount of frames\&. +.RE +.PP +format (integer) +.RS 4 +forces video frames convertion by using index; use \-1 to get a list of supported conversions\&. +.RE +.PP +format (string) +.RS 4 +forces output format to given one; use "list" to get a list of supported formats\&. +.RE +.PP +convert (integer) +.RS 4 +forces video frames convertion by using index; use \-1 to get a list of supported conversions\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "AUTHORS" +.PP +Written by Thomas Oestreich <ostreich@theorie\&.physik\&.uni\-goettingen\&.de>, Tilmann Bitterberg and the Transcode\-Team +.PP +See the +\fIAUTHORS\fR +file for details\&. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP + +\fBtranscode\fR(1) +, +\fBtcmodinfo\fR(1) +, +\fBtranscode_filter\fR(1) +, +\fBtranscode_export\fR(1) diff --git a/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_import.1.xml b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_import.1.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f26475f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/transcode/transcode-1.1.7/docs/man/transcode_import.1.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?> +<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"> + +<refentry id='transcode_import'> + + <refentryinfo> + <date>14th July 2008</date> + </refentryinfo> + + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>transcode_import</refentrytitle> + <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + <refmiscinfo class='date'>15th April 2008</refmiscinfo> + <refmiscinfo class='source'>transcode_import(1)</refmiscinfo> + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv id='name'> + <refname>transcode_import</refname> + <refpurpose>transcode import modules collection</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <!-- body begins here --> + <refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'> + <cmdsynopsis> + <command>transcode</command> + <arg choice='plain'> + -x <replaceable>name</replaceable> + <arg choice='opt'> + <arg choice='plain'> + <replaceable>,name</replaceable> + </arg> + </arg> + </arg> + <arg choice='opt'> + <replaceable>other options</replaceable> + </arg> + </cmdsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1 id='copyright'> + <title>Copyright</title> + <para> + <command>transcode</command> is Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Thomas Oestreich, 2003-2004 Tilmann Bitterberg, 2004-2010 Transcode Team + </para> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id="import_modules"> + <title>import modules</title> + <para> + If no module is specified through the -x option, <command>transcode</command> will autodetect them using internal probing code. + If just one import module is specified, it is used both for video and audio import; if both modules are specified, the first + is used for video import, the second for audio import. + To see what import modules are avalaible for your transcode installation, do a + + <literallayout> + $ ls -1 $( tcmodinfo -p )/import*.so + </literallayout> + + A complete transcode installation has the following import modules. + </para> + <variablelist> + +<!-- begin module list --> +<!-- import_ac3.c --> +<!-- import_alsa.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>alsa</option> + <emphasis>[audio]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module reads audio samples from an ALSA device using libalsa.</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>device (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>selects ALSA device to use for capturing audio.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_avi.c --> +<!-- import_bktr.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>bktr</option> + <emphasis>[video]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module reads video frames from an capture device using bktr module. This module is designed to work on *BSD. For linux, use the v4l module.</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>tunerdev (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>help: selects tuner devince.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>vsource (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>selects video source (device dependant input).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>format (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>selects video normalization.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>asource (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>selects audio source (device dependant input).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_bsdav.c --> +<!-- import_dv.c --> +<!-- import_dvd.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>dvd</option> + <emphasis>[video, audio, extra]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module provides access to DVD content using libdvdread, directly from DVD device. (e.g. on-the-fly operation, no intermediate disk storage needed).</para> + <para>At run time, this module requires: libdvdread >= 0.9.3</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>delay (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>set device access delay (seconds).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_ffmpeg.c --> +<!-- import_im.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>im</option> + <emphasis>[video]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module reads single images from disk using ImageMagick; a stream of correlated images can be automatically read if their filenames contains a common prefix and a serial number. All formats supported by ImageMagick are supported as well.</para> + <para>At run time, this module requires: libMagick >= 6.2.4.0</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>noseq (flag)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>disable internal auto loading of images with similar names.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_imlist.c --> +<!-- import_lzo.c --> +<!-- import_mov.c --> +<!-- import_mp3.c --> +<!-- import_mpeg2.c --> +<!-- import_mplayer.c --> +<!-- import_null.c --> +<!-- import_ogg.c --> +<!-- import_oss.c --> +<!-- import_pv3.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>pv3</option> + <emphasis>[video, audio]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module provides access to Earth Soft PV3 audio/video streams using win32 binary codecs and an internal win32 emulation layer (NO wine needed).</para> + <para>At run time, this module requires: PV3 win32 dlls.</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>dllpath (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>set path/filename to load dv.dll from</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_pvn.c --> +<!-- import_raw.c --> +<!-- import_sunau.c --> +<!-- import_vag.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>vag</option> + <emphasis>[audio]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module decodes VAG-format audio (from PlayStation).</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>blocksize (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>stereo blocking size.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_vnc.c --> +<!-- import_vob.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>vob</option> + <emphasis>[video, audio]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module imports audio/video from VOB files. If you need direct DVD access, use import_dvd module.</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>nodemux (flag)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>skip demuxing processing stage. This sometimes improves A/V sync.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_x11.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>x11</option> + <emphasis>[video]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module captures video frames from X window system using libX11.</para> + <para>At run time, this module requires: libcx11-6 >= 1.0.0</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>skew_limit (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>maximum frame A/V skew (ms) before correction attempt</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- import_xml.c --> +<!-- import_xvid.c --> +<!-- import_yuv4mpeg.c --> +<!-- import_nuv.c --> +<!-- import_v4l.c --> +<!-- import_v4l2.c --> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <option>v4l2</option> + <emphasis>[video, audio]</emphasis> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>This module allow to capture video frames through a V4L2 (V4L api version 2) device. While audio capturing is possible, this kind of usage is discouraged in favour of OSS or ALSA import modules.</para> +<para>This module accepts the following options:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>overrun_guard (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>flag (default off). Toggles the buffer overrun guard, that prevents crash when capture buffers are full.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>resync_margin (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>threshold audio/video desync (in frames) that triggers resync once reached.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>crop (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>forces cropping into selected window (format: WIDTHxHEIGHT+LEFTxTOP)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>resync_interval (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>checks the resync_margin every given amount of frames.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>format (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>forces video frames convertion by using index; use -1 to get a list of supported conversions.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>format (string)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>forces output format to given one; use "list" to get a list of supported formats.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <literal>convert (integer)</literal> + </term> + <listitem> + <para>forces video frames convertion by using index; use -1 to get a list of supported conversions.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> +<!-- end module list --> + + + + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='authors'> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + Written by Thomas Oestreich <ostreich@theorie.physik.uni-goettingen.de>, + Tilmann Bitterberg and the Transcode-Team + </para> + <para> + See the <emphasis>AUTHORS</emphasis> file for details. + </para> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1 id='see_also'> + <title>See Also</title> + <para> + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>transcode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>tcmodinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>transcode_filter</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + , + <citerefentry> + <refentrytitle>transcode_export</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> + </citerefentry> + </para> + <!-- .br --> + </refsect1> + +</refentry> |